Tag: E-CLASS 2023

Introduction

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class is expected to be a mid-size luxury sedan that will come in both sedan and wagon body styles. It will feature updated exterior styling, including a redesigned grille and headlights, as well as new wheel designs.

The interior of the E-Class 2023 is expected to be updated with new materials and a more modern design. It will also feature an updated infotainment system with a larger touchscreen display, enhanced voice recognition, and advanced connectivity options.

The E-Class 2023 is expected to be equipped with advanced driver assistance features, including adaptive cruise control, lane departure warning, and automatic emergency braking. It may also have semi-autonomous driving capabilities, allowing the car to drive itself in certain situations.

In terms of powertrain options, the E-Class 2023 is expected to have a range of gasoline, diesel, and hybrid engines. The exact specifications have not yet been announced, but the new models are expected to be more efficient than the current models.

Overall, the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class is anticipated to be a significant update to an already popular and successful model, with advanced features and improved performance.

What we are doing?

We are publishing the E-CLASS 2023 user guides, User Manuals, and Owner Instructions. Everything you need to know about your E-CLASS 2023 vehicles to get any fixes. Get the Owner’s Manual for your specific E-CLASS 2023 online.

Readable and Downloadable

Find information on how to operate your E-CLASS 2023 vehicle manuals. Read the complete and specific sections and Download your manual if you have to.
E-CLASS 2023 User Guides – Autouserguide.com

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Tire Pressure Monitor System

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Tire Pressure Monitor

The advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) on the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan is essential to maintaining both safety and peak vehicle performance. This technology continuously checks the pressure in each tire, alerting the driver in real-time if there are any noticeable variations from the recommended levels through the vehicle’s sophisticated display system. By doing this, the TPMS contributes to the maintenance of appropriate tire pressure, which is necessary to achieve maximum fuel economy, minimize tire wear, and improve overall driving dynamics. Mercedes-Benz’s dedication to fusing practical safety advances with luxury is demonstrated by the incorporation of this technology into the E-Class Sedan’s feature set.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Tire Pressure Monitor

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Tire Press. Monitor Currently Unavailable	* There is interference from a powerful radio signal source As a result, no signals from the tire pressure sensor are being received. The tire pressure monitoring system is temporarily unavailable. The tire pressure monitoring system will restart automatically as soon as the cause has been rectified. # Drive on
Tire Press. Monitor Inoperative	* The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.
		& WARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctions
		The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires. Tires with insufficient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking. # Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
Tire Pressure Monitor Inoperative No Wheel Sensors	* The wheels installed do not have suitable tire pressure sensors. The tire pressure monitoring system is deactivated. # Install wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.
Wheel Sensor(s) Missing	* There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor in at least one wheel. No pressure value is displayed for the affected tire. # Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Check Tires	* The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone will also sound. WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure
	The tires can burst. The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly. The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired. You could then lose control of the vehicle. # Observe the recommended tire pressures. # Observe the recommended tire pressures. # Adjust the tire pressure if necessary. # Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions. # Check the tire pressure and the tires.
Please Correct Tire Pressure	* The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the difference in tire pressure between the individual wheels is too great. # Check the tire pressure and add air, if necessary. # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure monitor.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Check Tires

* The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone will also sound.

& WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure

R The tires can burst.

R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.

R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.

You could then lose control of the vehicle.

# Observe the recommended tire pressures.

# Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.

Check the tire pressure and the tires.

Please Correct Tire Pressure

* The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the difference in tire pressure between the individual wheels is too great.

# Check the tire pressure and add air, if necessary.

# When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure monitor.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Check Tires	* The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone will also sound. & WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure
	R The tires can burst.
	R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
	R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
	You could then lose control of the vehicle.
	# Observe the recommended tire pressures.
	# Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.
		#	Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions.
		#	Check the tire pressure and the tires.
Please Correct Tire Pressure	* The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the difference in tire pressure between the individual wheels is too great. # Check the tire pressure and add air, if necessary. # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure monitor.

Display messages
Warning Tire Malfunction

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly. The wheel position is displayed.

& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with a flat tire

R The tires can overheat and be damaged.

R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking characteristics may be greatly impaired. You could then lose control of the vehicle.

# Do not drive with a flat tire.

# Do not exceed the maximum permissible driving distance in emergency mode and the maximum permissible speed with a flat MO Extended tire.

# Observe the notes on flat tires.

Notes on flat tires.

# Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions.

# Check the tires.

Tires Overheated

* At least one tire is overheating. The affected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the tires are displayed in yellow.

& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires Overheated tires can burst.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
		# Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.
Decrease Speed	* At least one tire is overheating. The affected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the tires are displayed in yellow.
		& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires
		Overheated tires can burst. # Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.

Tire pressure loss warning system

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Check Tire Pressure Soon

* Canada only:

The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss of pressure.

& WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure

R The tires can burst.

R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.

R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.

	Display messages		Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	Check Tire Pressure Soon		* Canada only: The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss of pressure. & WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure R The tires can burst. R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly. R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
Display messages		Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
		You could then lose control of the vehicle. # Observe the recommended tire pressures. # Adjust the tire pressure if necessary. # Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions. # Check the tire pressure and the tires. # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure loss warning system.
Check Tire Pressure Then Restart and Run the Flat Indicator		* Canada only: The tire pressure loss warning system generated a display message and has not been restarted since. # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure loss warning system.
Run Flat Indicator Inoperative		* Canada only: The tire pressure loss warning system is malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Engine Oil

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Check Engine Oil At the Next Refueling

* The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insufficient engine oil

# Avoid long journeys with insufficient engine oil.

# Check the engine oil level when next refuelling. Add engine oil.

Notes on engine oil.

Check Engine Oil Level (Add 1 quart)

* Display message only for certain engines:

The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insufficient engine oil

# Avoid long journeys with insufficient engine oil.

# When next refuelling, add 1.1 US q t (1 l) of engine oil. Notes on engine oil.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Engine Oil Reduces Oil Level

* Display message only for certain engines:

The engine oil level is too high.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with excess engine oil

# Avoid long journeys with excess engine oil.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately and have the engine oil level reduced.

Engine Oil Level Low Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off

* Display message only for certain engines:

The engine oil level is too low.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insufficient engine oil

# Avoid long journeys with insufficient engine oil.

# Stop the vehicle immediately by the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

# Switch off the vehicle.

# Add 1.1 US q t (1 l) of engine oil.

# Check the engine oil level.

Notes on engine oil.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Engine Oil Pressure Stop Switch Off Engine

* Display message only for certain engines:

The oil pressure is too low.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insufficient oil pressure

# Avoid driving with insufficient oil pressure.

# Stop the vehicle immediately by the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

# Switch off the vehicle.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Engine Oil Level Cannot Be Measured

* The electrical connection to the oil level sensor has been interrupted or the oil level sensor is faulty.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

FAQ

What is the purpose of the TPMS in the E-Class Sedan?

To monitor tire pressure and alert the driver of any significant pressure deviations.

How does the TPMS alert the driver to low tire pressure?

The system sends an alert, often both visual and auditory, via the vehicle’s display system.

Can the TPMS detect a flat tire?

Yes, it can detect significantly low pressure that may indicate a flat tire.

Is the TPMS active at all times during driving?

Yes, the system continuously monitors tire pressure while the vehicle is in operation.

How accurate is the TPMS in the E-Class Sedan?

The system is generally very accurate, but it’s always recommended to manually check tire pressure regularly for confirmation.

Can the driver manually check tire pressure through the TPMS?

Yes, tire pressure for each tire can typically be viewed on the vehicle’s display.

Does the TPMS need any maintenance or calibration?

The system may require recalibration after tire changes or pressure adjustments.

How does the TPMS in the E-Class Sedan enhance safety?

By ensuring tires are properly inflated, it enhances vehicle handling, reduces tire wear, and can prevent accidents.

Can the TPMS detect uneven tire wear?

While it detects pressure differences, it doesn’t directly monitor tire wear. Regular physical inspections are recommended.

Does the vehicle display show the exact pressure of each tire?

Yes, the exact pressure of each tire is typically displayed.

What should I do if the TPMS warning light comes on?

Check the tire pressure and inflate the tires to the recommended level as soon as possible.

How does temperature affect the TPMS readings?

Tire pressure can vary with temperature changes; the TPMS accounts for this to some extent, but readings might vary slightly.

What is the recommended tire pressure for the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The recommended pressure is specified in the owner’s manual and often on a sticker in the driver’s door jamb.

Can the TPMS system be disabled?

Disabling the TPMS is not recommended and may be illegal in some regions due to its safety implications.

Does the TPMS alert the driver to overinflated tires?

Yes, it alerts for both underinflation and overinflation.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Display Messages Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Display Messages

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan of 2023 is outfitted with a sophisticated display system that includes two 12.3-inch panels that offer an abundance of data and interactive features. This system, which is essential to the Mercedes-Benz User Experience (MBUX), provides a number of capabilities, such as potential augmented reality elements and maintenance reminders in addition to navigational support. Along with incorporating smartphone connectivity through Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, it also displays important data like tire pressure readings, fuel economy, and car diagnostics. Safety features that provide both visual and audio alerts, such as parking assistance and blind spot monitoring, are smoothly incorporated into the display. By keeping the driver informed and engaged, our cutting-edge display technology improves the driving experience without sacrificing convenience or safety.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Display Messages

Introduction

Information about display messages
Display messages appear on the instrument display. Display messages with graphic symbols are simplified in the Operator’s Manual and may differ from the symbols on the instrument display. The instrument display shows high-priority display messages in red. Certain display messages are accompanied by a warning tone. Please act in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in the Operator’s Manual.

For some display messages, symbols will also be shown:

Further information
Hide display message
With the left-hand Touch Control, you can select the respective symbol by swiping to the left or right.
Pressing Õ displays further information on the media display. Press the ¨ symbol to hide the display message.
Display messages to be acknowledged can be hidden by pressing the back button G or with the left-hand Touch Control. The display messages will then be stored in the message memory.
Rectify the cause of a display message as quickly as possible. High-priority display messages cannot be hidden. The instrument display will show these display messages permanently until the cause of the display message has been rectified.

Calling up saved display messages On-board computer:
If there are no display messages, No Messages will appear on the instrument display.

Scroll through the display messages by swiping upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control. button G.

Occupant safety

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
SRS Malfunction Service Required	* The restraint system is malfunctioning.
		& WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in the restraint system
		Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident. # Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
Front Left Malfunction Service Required (example)	* The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning.
		WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in the restraint system
		Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident. Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required (example)	* The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning.
		& WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a malfunction in the window curtain airbag
		The window curtain airbag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident. Have the window curtain airbag checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages
Front Passenger Airbag abled See Operator’s Manual

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The front passenger airbag and the front passenger knee airbag have been disabled even though an adult or a person of adult build is on the front passenger seat. If additional forces are applied to the seat, the weight the system detects may be too low.

WARNING
Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a disabled front passenger airbag

If the front passenger airbag is disabled, the front passenger airbag will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot perform its intended protective function. A person in the front passenger seat could then, for example, come into contact with the vehicle’s interior, especially if the person is sitting too close to the cockpit.

Make sure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.
Stop the vehicle immediately because of the traffic conditions.
Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
Check the status of the automatic front passenger airbag shutoff.
If necessary, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator’s Manual

* The front passenger airbag and the front passenger knee airbag will be enabled while the vehicle is in motion in the following situations:

Even when a child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the system weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat
Even when the front passenger seat is not occupied

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The system may detect objects or forces that are adding to the weight applied to the seat.

WARNING
Risk of injury or death when using a child restraint system while the front passenger airbag is enabled

If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the front passenger airbag is enabled, the front passenger airbag can deploy in the event of an accident.

The child could be struck by the airbag.

Ensure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.

NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

Stop the vehicle immediately because of the traffic conditions.
Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
Check the status of the automatic front passenger airbag shutoff.
If necessary, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

PRE-SAFE Inoperative See Operator’s Manual

* The PRE‑SAFE® functions are malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
PRE-SAFE Impulse Side Inoperative See Operator’s Manual	* The PRE‑SAFE® Impulse Side system is malfunctioning or inoperative after being triggered. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
SmartKey
Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Obtain a New Key	* Have the SmartKey replaced. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Replace Key Battery	* The Smart Key battery is discharged. # Replace the battery.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Key Not Detected (white display message)

* The Smart Key is currently undetected.

Change the location of the Smart Key in the vehicle.
Try to start the vehicle.
If the Smart Key is still not detected, place it in the marked space for starting with the Smart Key.
Start the vehicle.

Key Not Detected (red display message)

* The Smart Key can no longer be detected during a journey and may no longer be in the vehicle. If the Smart Key is no longer in the vehicle and you switch off the vehicle:

You can no longer start the vehicle.
You cannot centrally lock the vehicle.

# Ensure that the Smart Key is in the vehicle.

If the Smart Key is in the vehicle and is still not detected:

Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.
Place the Smart Key in the marked space for starting the engine with the Smart Key.

The Smart Key battery is weak or discharged.

Check the battery using the indicator lamp.
Replace the Smart Key battery, if necessary.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Key Being Initialized Please Wait	* The vehicle is being processed to teach in the new SmartKey. # Wait until processing is complete.
Don’t Forget Your Key	* A warning tone will also sound. This message reminds you to take your SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle.
Place the Key in the Marked Space See Opera- tor’s Manual	* Smart Key detection is malfunctioning. # Change the location of the Smart Key in the vehicle. # Place the Smart Key in the slot for starting the engine with the Smart Key.

Lights

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
: Check the Left Low Beam (example)	* The corresponding light source is malfunctioning. # Drive on carefully. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately. % LED light sources: the display message for the corresponding light appears only when all the light-emitting diodes in the light are faulty.
: Malfunction See Opera- tor’s Manual	* The exterior lighting is malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
: Automatic Headlamp Mode Inoperative	* The light sensor for automatic driving lights is malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
: Active Headlamps Inoperative	* The active headlamps are malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
: Switch On Headlamps	* You are driving without low-beam headlamps. # Turn the light switch to the L or Ã position.
: Switch Off Lights	* You are leaving the vehicle and the lights are still switched on. # Turn the light switch to the Ã position.
: Intell. Light System Inoper- ative	* The Intelligent Light System is malfunctioning. The lighting system continues to function properly without the functions of the Intelligent Light System. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Adaptive High Beam Assist is Currently Unavailable See Operator’s Manual	* Adaptive Highbeam Assist is temporarily unavailable. The system limits have been reached. Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again. The Adaptive Highbeam Assist Now Available display message will appear.
		# #	Drive on Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist is available again.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperative	* Adaptive Highbeam Assist is malfunctioning. # Drive on or # Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle. # If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Until then, operate the high beam manually.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Currently Unavailable See Operator’s Manual	* Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is temporarily unavailable. The system limits have been reached. Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again. The Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Available Again display message will appear.
		# #	Drive on. Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus is available again.

Vehicle

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus Inoperative	* Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus is malfunctioning. # Drive on or # Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle. # If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Until then, operate the high beam manually.
Hazard Warning Flashers Malfunctioning	* The hazard warning lamp switch is malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.


Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Vehicle Ready to Drive Switch the Ignition Off Before Exiting	* You are leaving the vehicle in a ready-to-drive state. # Get out of the vehicle, secure it against rolling away and take the key with you. # If you do not leave the vehicle, switch off the electrical consumers, e.g. the seat heating. Otherwise, the 12 V battery may discharge and starting the engine may be possible only with the help of a second battery (jump start).

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Head-up Display Currently Unavailable See Operator’s Manual	* The head-up display is temporarily unavailable. Possible causes: R Malfunctions in the power supply R Signal interference # Stop by the traffic conditions and switch the vehicle off and on again. # If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Head-up Display Inoperative	* The head-up display has an internal error. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Steering Malfunction Increased Physical Effort See Operator’s Manual	* The power steering assistance is malfunctioning.
		& WARNING Risk of an accident due to altered steering characteristics
		If the power assistance of the steering fails partially or completely, you will need to use more force to steer. # If safe steering is possible, drive on carefully. # Visit or consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Steering Malfunction Stop Immediately See Opera- tor’s Manual		* The steering is malfunctioning. Steering capability is significantly impaired.
			& WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
			If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle’s operating safety is jeopardized. # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
C		* At least one door is open. # Close all doors.
M		* The hood is open. & WARNING Risk of accident due to driving with the hood unlocked The hood may open and block your view. # Never release the hood when driving. # Before every trip, ensure that the hood is locked. # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. # Close the hood.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The trunk lid is open. & DANGER Risk of exhaust gas poisoning Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running, especially if the vehicle is in motion. # Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid. # Never drive with the trunk lid open. # Close the trunk lid.
Rear Left Backrest Not Latched (example)	* The seat backrest of the corresponding seat is not engaged. # Fold the seat backrest back until it engages.
Check Washer Fluid	* The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum. # Add washer fluid.
Wiper Malfunctioning	* The windshield wiper is malfunctioning.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Restart the vehicle. If the display message still appears: # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.


Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
To switch the engine off, press and hold the Start/Stop button for at least 3 seconds or press 3 times.	* You have pressed the start/stop button while the vehicle is in motion. # Information about switching off the vehicle while driving.
Cannot Start Engine See Operator’s Manual	* The vehicle cannot be started. # Switch the vehicle off and switch it back on # If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Check Coolant Level See Operator’s Manual

* The coolant level is too low.

* NOTE Engine damage due to insufficient coolant

# Avoid long journeys with insufficient coolant.

# Add coolant.

# Have the engine cooling system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off

* The coolant is too hot.

Stop immediately by the traffic conditions and switch off the vehicle.

# Wait until the engine has cooled down.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not obstructed. # Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the coolant temperature display remains below the red marking.
	* There is a malfunction in the engine cooling system. # Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the coolant temperature display remains below the red marking.
Fuel Level Low	* The fuel supply has dropped into the reserve range. # Refuel.
Gas Cap Loose	* The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking. # Close the fuel filler cap. # If the fuel filler cap was already properly closed: Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Transformation

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Only Shift to ‘P’ when the Vehicle is Stationary	* It is possible to select the park position j only if the vehicle is stationary. # Depress the brake pedal to stop. # Shift the transmission to park position j when the vehicle is stationary.
Apply Brake to Shift from ‘P’	* You have attempted to shift the transmission out of park position j and into another transmission position. # Depress the brake pedal. # Select transmission position h, k or neutral i.
To select P or N, Depress the Brake and Start the Engine	* You have attempted to shift the transmission out of park position j or neutral i and into another transmission position. # Depress the brake pedal. # Start the vehicle. # Change the transmission position.
Apply Brake to Shift to D or R	* You have attempted to select transmission position h or k. # Depress the brake pedal. # Select transmission position h or k.
Apply Brake to Shift to ‘R’	* You have attempted to select transmission position k. # Depress the brake pedal.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Select transmission position k.
Driver’s Door Open & Transmission Not in P Risk of Vehicle Rolling Away	* The driver’s door is not fully closed and transmission position h, k or neutral i is selected. The vehicle may roll away. # Select park position j when switching off the vehicle.
N Permanently Active Risk of Rolling Away	* While the vehicle is rolling or while you are driving, neutral i has been engaged. # Depress the brake pedal to stop. # Shift the transmission to park position j when the vehicle is stationary. # To continue driving, select transmission position h or k.
Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer	* The transmission is malfunctioning. It is no longer possible to change the transmission position. # If transmission position h is selected, consult a qualified specialist workshop and do not change the transmission position. # For all other transmission positions, park the vehicle safely. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service.
Reversing Not Possible Service Required	* The transmission is malfunctioning. It is not possible to select transmission position k. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Transmission Malfunction Stop	* The transmission is malfunctioning. The transmission shifts to neutral i automatically. # Stop the vehicle immediately by the traffic conditions.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Depress the brake pedal. # Engage park position j. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Stop the Vehicle Leave the Engine Running Wait for the Transmission Cooling	* The transmission is overheating. Pulling away may be temporarily impaired or not possible. # Stop the vehicle immediately by the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving. # Leave the engine running. # Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.
Auxiliary Battery Malfunction (white display message)	* The auxiliary battery for the automatic transmission is no longer being charged. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Until then, always select park position j manually before you switch off the vehicle. # Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.
Auxiliary Battery Malfunction (red display message)	* Vehicles with automatic transmission: The auxiliary battery for the transmission is no longer being charged. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Vehicles with automatic transmission: Until then, always select park position j before you switch off the vehicle. # Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.

FAQ

What are the display messages in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?

Display messages in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 are notifications that appear on the instrument cluster or infotainment display to provide important information or alerts to the driver.

What types of information do display messages convey?

Display messages can include warnings about vehicle malfunctions, maintenance reminders, safety alerts, system status updates, and other relevant information.

How are display messages displayed in the E-Class Sedan 2023?

Display messages are typically shown as text-based notifications on the instrument cluster or infotainment display of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023.

Can display messages be customized or personalized?

Display messages cannot usually be customized or personalized, as they are standard notifications provided by the vehicle’s onboard systems.

Can I acknowledge or dismiss display messages?

Depending on the specific message, some display messages may require acknowledgement or interaction from the driver, while others may automatically disappear once the issue is resolved or the condition changes.

Are display messages accompanied by audible warnings or sounds?

Some display messages may be accompanied by audible warnings or sounds to draw the driver’s attention to the notification.

What should I do when a display message appears?

When a display message appears, it is important to read and understand the information it provides. If it indicates a specific issue or urgent action, it is advisable to follow the recommended steps or contact a qualified service technician for assistance.

Can I access a log or history of previous display messages?

In some cases, the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 may provide a log or history of previous display messages in the vehicle’s system or diagnostic menu, allowing you to review past notifications.

Are display messages covered under the vehicle’s warranty?

Display messages themselves are not typically covered under the vehicle’s warranty, as they are informative notifications. However, if a display message indicates a warranty-covered issue, the related repair or service may be covered.

Can I disable or turn off display messages?

Display messages in the E-Class Sedan 2023 cannot usually be disabled or turned off, as they are essential for providing important information about the vehicle’s operation and status

Can I change the language of the display messages?

Yes, the language of display messages can usually be adjusted or changed through the vehicle’s settings menu to accommodate driver preferences or language requirements.

Can I adjust the display brightness for better visibility of messages?

Yes, the display brightness in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 can typically be adjusted to optimize the visibility of display messages under different lighting conditions.

Are there different priority levels for display messages?

Display messages may have different priority levels depending on the urgency or criticality of the information being conveyed. Some messages may be more urgent and require immediate attention, while others may be for informational purposes.

Can I receive display messages related to software updates or recalls?

Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 may display messages regarding software updates, recalls, or other important service-related information to keep the driver informed about necessary actions or updates.

Are display messages available in the head-up display (HUD) of the E-Class Sedan 2023?

The availability of display messages in the head-up display (HUD) may vary depending on the specific configuration and options of the vehicle. It’s recommended to check the vehicle’s documentation or consult a Mercedes-Benz dealership for precise information regarding HUD

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Engine Oil Instructions

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Engine Oil

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan’s engine oil is essential to preserving the longevity and performance of the car. It is strongly advised for this model to use premium synthetic oil that complies with Mercedes-Benz requirements to maintain engine health. Typically, the manufacturer recommends changing the oil every 10,000 miles or once a year to maintain engine efficiency, prevent damage, and handle warranty concerns. Important factors for owners to think about include oil type, capacity, viscosity grade, and following brand recommendations. The car might also have an oil life monitoring system, which would notify drivers when an oil change is due and highlight how crucial routine maintenance is to maintaining the E-Class Sedan’s advanced engineering.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Engine Oil

Notes on Engine Oil
Observe the notes on operating fluids.

NOTE
Engine damage caused by an incorrect oil filter, incorrect oil or additives

Do not use engine oils or oil filters other than those which meet the specifications necessary for the prescribed service intervals.
Do not alter the engine oil or oil filter to achieve longer change intervals than prescribed.
Do not use additives.
Have the engine oil changed after the prescribed intervals?

Mercedes-Benz recommends having the oil changed at a qualified specialist workshop. Only use engine oils approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz

Engine oil quality and filling capacity
Engine oil specification

Model

MB-Freigabe or MB- Approval

All models

229.51, 229.52,

229.61, 229.71,

229.72¹⁾

1) Recommended for the lowest possible fuel consumption (lowest SAE viscosity class in each case; observe possible restrictions of the approved SAE viscosity classes)

To achieve the lowest possible fuel consumption, it is recommended to use the engine oil specifications marked in the table with the lowest SAE viscosity class. Observe any possible restrictions of the approved SAE viscosity classes.

Engine oil filling capacity

Model Capacity
E 350	7.0 US qt (6.6 liters)
E 350 4MATIC	6.3 US qt (6.0 liters)
E 450 4MATIC	9.0 US qt (8.5 liters)

The specified filling capacity refers to an oil change with the oil filter.

Notes on brake fluid
Risk of an accident due to vapor pockets forming in the brake system The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air. This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid. If the boiling point is too low, vapour pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard. This causes the braking effect to be impaired.

Have the brake fluid renewed at the specified intervals?

Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop. Only use a brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz according to MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval 331.0.

Coolant

Notes on coolant
Observe the notes on operating fluids.

WARNING
Risk of fire and injury from antifreeze If antifreeze comes into contact with hot component parts in the engine compartment, it may ignite. Allow the engine to cool down before adding antifreeze.

Make sure that no antifreeze spills out next to the filler opening.
Thoroughly clean off any antifreeze from component parts before starting the vehicle.

NOTE Damage caused by incorrect coolant

Only use coolant that has been premixed with the required antifreeze protection.

Coolant information is available at the following locations:

In the Mercedes-Benz Specification for Operating Fluids 320.1
- At https://operatingfluids.mercedes-benz.com
At a qualified specialist workshop

NOTE Overheating at high outside temperatures If an inappropriate coolant is used, the cooling system is not sufficiently protected against overheating and corrosion at high outside temperatures.

Only use coolant approved for Mercedes-Benz.
Observe the instructions in the Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Operating Fluids 320.1.

Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop.

Proportion of antifreeze concentrate in the cooling system:

A minimum of 50% (antifreeze protection down to about -35°F (-37°C))
A maximum of 55% (antifreeze protection down to -49°F (-45°C))

Coolant filling capacity
Engine cooling circuit (filling capacity with heating)

Model	Capacity
E 450 4MATIC	13.7 US qt (13.0 liters)
All other models	14.8 US qt (14.0 liters)

Notes on windshield washer fluid
Risk of fire and injury from windshield washer concentrate Windshield washer concentrate is highly flammable. It could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine parts or the exhaust system.

Make sure that no windshield washer concentrate spills out next to the filler opening.

NOTE
Damage to the exterior lighting due to unsuitable windshield washer fluid Unsuitable windshield washer fluid may damage the plastic surface of the exterior lighting.

Only use windshield washer fluid suitable for use on plastic surfaces, e.g. MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit.

NOTE Blocked spray nozzles caused by mixing windshield washer fluids

Do not mix MB Summer Fit and MB Winter Fit with other windshield washer fluids.

Do not use distilled or deionized water. Otherwise, the fill level sensor may be triggered erroneously.

Recommended windshield washer fluid:

Above freezing point: e.g. MB SummerFit
R Below freezing point: e.g. MB WinterFit

For the correct mixing ratio, refer to the information on the antifreeze container. Mix washing water with windshield washer fluid all year round.

Refrigerant

Notes on refrigerant
Observe the notes on operating fluids. NOTE Damage due to incorrect refrigerant

The climate control system may be damaged if a non-approved refrigerant is used.

- USA: use only R‑134a refrigerant.
- Canada: use only R‑1234yf refrigerant.

NOTE Damage to the climate control system due to incorrect refrigerant compressor oil

Only use refrigerant compressor oil that has been approved by Mercedes-Benz.
Do not mix the approved refrigerant compressor oil with a different one.

Work on the climate control system may be carried out only at a qualified specialist workshop. All applicable regulations as well as SAE standard J639 must be adhered to. The information label for the climate control system regarding the refrigerant type and the refrigerant compressor oil (PAG oil) is located on the inside of the hood.

Information label (example – USA)

Hazard and service warning symbols
Refrigerant filling capacity
Applicable standards
PAG oil part number
GWP (global warming potential) of the refrigerant used
Refrigerant type

Information label (example – Canada)

Hazard and service warning symbols
Refrigerant filling capacity
Applicable standards
PAG oil part number
GWP (global warming potential) of the refrigerant used
Refrigerant type

Symbol 1 indicates the following:

Possible dangers
Having maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop

Filling capacity for refrigerant and PAG oil
Refrigerant filling capacity

Model
E 450 4MATIC	21.5 ± 0.4 oz (610 ± 10 g)
All other models	22.2 ± 0.4 oz (630 ± 10 g)

Filling capacity for PAG oil

Model

All models

2.8 ± 0.4 oz

(80 ± 10 g)

Vehicle data

Vehicle dimensions

The heights specified may vary as a result of the following factors:

Tires
Load
Condition of the suspension
Optional equipment

All models
Vehicle length	194.5 in (4940 mm)
Vehicle width including exterior mirrors	81.3 in (2065 mm)
Wheelbase	115.7 in (2939 mm)

Vehicle height

Model	Vehicle height
E 350	57.5 in (1460 mm)
All other models	57.8 in (1467 mm)

Turning circle

Model	Turning circle
E 350	38.1 ft (11.6 m)
All other models	39.0 ft (11.9 m)

Weights and loads
Note that items of optional equipment increase the curb weight and reduce the payload. Vehicle-specific weight information can be found on the vehicle identification plate.

FAQ

What type of engine oil is recommended for the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It’s recommended to use a high-quality synthetic oil, typically in line with Mercedes-Benz specifications.

What is the oil capacity of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The exact oil capacity can be found in the owner’s manual, but it’s generally around 5 to 8 quarts for engines of this type.

How often should the engine oil be changed?

Mercedes-Benz typically recommends oil changes every 10,000 miles or once a year, whichever comes first.

Can I use conventional oil in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It’s not recommended; synthetic oils are preferred for their performance and compatibility with advanced engine technologies.

What happens if I don’t change the engine oil as recommended?

Delaying oil changes can lead to engine damage, reduced performance, and potentially void the warranty.

Does the 2023 E-Class Sedan have an oil life monitoring system?

Modern Mercedes-Benz vehicles usually feature an oil life monitoring system to alert when an oil change is needed.

What is the viscosity grade recommended for this vehicle?

Commonly, a 0W-40 or 5W-30 viscosity grade is recommended, but it’s best to consult the owner’s manual or a dealer.

Is there a specific brand of oil recommended by Mercedes-Benz?

Mercedes-Benz may recommend certain brands, but it’s more important that the oil meets their specification standards.

Can I mix different brands of oil in the engine?

It’s generally not recommended to mix oils; always use the same type and grade for top-ups.

What are the signs that the engine oil needs changing?

Look out for the oil change indicator light, decreased engine performance, or unusual engine noises.

Are there any special procedures for checking the oil level?

The oil level can typically be checked via the onboard computer or using the dipstick if equipped.

Does ambient temperature affect the choice of engine oil?

Yes, in extremely cold or hot climates, the recommended oil viscosity might differ.

How does engine oil affect fuel efficiency?

Properly maintained engine oil can help maintain optimal fuel efficiency.

Can I change the engine oil myself, or should it be done at a dealership?

While DIY is possible, it’s often recommended to have it done at a dealership or qualified service centre for warranty and technical reasons.

What is the process for disposing of used engine oil?

Used oil should be disposed of at a recycling centre or a facility that accepts hazardous materials.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Identification Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Identification Plate

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan sets itself apart with a sophisticated combination of cutting-edge technology and stylish appearance, making it easy for owners and enthusiasts to recognize. Key distinguishing features include its opulent inside with the newest MBUX infotainment system and premium finishes, as well as its sleek and contemporary exterior with all-LED lighting and a unique grille design. Additional indicators include the engine specifications, which include the 2.0L inline-4 turbo engine, the standard 18-inch twin 5-spoke wheels, and precise external and interior proportions. Its status as a top model in the luxury sedan market is further confirmed by the addition of cutting-edge safety and driver-aid systems.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Vehicle Identification Plate

Vehicle identification plate (USA only)

Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight
Maximum permissible front axle load
Maximum permissible rear axle load
Paint code
VIN (vehicle identification number)

Vehicle identification plate (Canada only)

Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight
Maximum permissible front axle load
Maximum permissible rear axle load
Paint code
VIN (vehicle identification number)

The maximum permissible gross vehicle weight is made up of the vehicle weight, all vehicle occupants, the fuel and the load. The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried on one axle (front‑ or rear axle). Do not exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle weight or the maximum gross axle weight rating for the faront or rear axle.

VIN below the front right-hand seat

Imprinted VIN (vehicle identification number)
Floor covering

Additional Plates

Plate with information about emissions testing, including confirmation of emissions guidelines at the U.S. federal level as well as for California
Engine number stamped into the crankcase
VIN (vehicle identification number) as a label at the lower edge of the windshield

Operating Fluids

Notes on operating fluids

NOTE
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

WARNING
Risk of injury due to harmful operating fluids

Operating fluids can be toxic.

When using, storing and disposing of operating fluids, observe the imprints on the respective original containers.
Always keep operating fluids in the sealed original container.
Always keep children away from operating fluids.

ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Pollution of the environment due to irresponsible disposal of operating fluids Incorrect disposal of operating fluids can cause considerable damage to the environment.

Dispose of operating fluids in an environmentally responsible manner.

Operating fluids include the following:

Fuels
Lubricants
Coolant
Brake fluid
Windshield washer fluid
Climate control system refrigerant

Only use products approved by Mercedes-Benz. Damage caused by the use of products that have not been approved is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz warranty or goodwill gestures.

The operating fluids approved by Mercedes-Benz can be identified by the following inscriptions on the container:

MB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)
MB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval 229.51)

WARNING
Risk of fire or explosion from fuel Fuels are highly flammable.

Fire, open flames, smoking and creating sparks must be avoided.
Before and during refuelling, switch off the vehicle and, if installed, the stationary heater.

WARNING
Risk of injury from fuels Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your health.

Do not swallow fuel or let it come into contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
Do not inhale fuel vapour.
Keep children away from fuel.
Keep doors and windows closed during the refuelling process.

If you or other people come into contact with fuel, observe the following:

Immediately rinse fuel off your skin with soap and water.
If fuel comes into contact with your eyes, immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water. Seek medical attention immediately.
If you swallow fuel, seek medical attention immediately. Do not induce vomiting.
# Change immediately out of clothing that has come into contact with fuel.

Flexible-fuel vehicles can be refueled with the following fuel types:

Premium-grade unleaded gasoline E85 fuel
A mixture of E85 fuel and premium-grade unleaded gasoline

Flexible-fuel vehicles can be identified by the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on the inside of the fuel filler flap.
Depending on the country, the fuels you can use in your vehicle may differ from the information in the Operator’s Manual. The fuels that have been approved for your vehicle can be found on the instruction label on the inside of the fuel filler flap.

Fuel

Information on fuel quality for vehicles with gasoline engine
Observe the notes on operating fluids.

NOTE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system, the engine and the emission control system.

Only refuel with low-sulfur spark-ignition engine fuel.

This fuel may contain up to 10% ethanol by volume. Your vehicle is suitable for use with E10 fuel.

Never refuel with one of the following fuels:

Diesel
Gasoline with more than 10% ethanol by volume, e.g. E15, E85, E100
Gasoline with more than 3% methanol by volume, e.g. M15, M30, M85, M100
R Gasoline with additives containing metal

If you have accidentally refueled with the wrong fuel:

Do not switch on the vehicle.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

If the available fuel is not sufficiently low in sulfur, it may produce unpleasant odors. Vehicles with M256 gasoline engine: if you are using 91 AKI/95 RON, there may be slight limitations in performance that have no further consequences. Refuel only with fuel that has at least the octane number specified on the information label on the fuel filler flap. For maximum engine output: refuel only with pre-mium-grade unleaded gasoline with an octane number of at least 91 AKI/95 RON.
As a temporary measure, if the recommended fuel is not available, you may also refuel with regular unleaded gasoline with an octane number of at least 87 AKI/91 RON. This may reduce engine output and increase fuel consumption. Never refuel using gasoline of an even lower RON.

NOTE
Premature engine wear through unleaded regular gasoline Impairment of the longevity and performance of the engine.

If unleaded premium grade gasoline is unavailable and you have to refuel using unleaded regular gasoline:

Only fill the fuel tank to half full with unleaded regular gasoline and refill as soon as possible with unleaded premium-grade gasoline.
Do not drive at the maximum design speed.
Avoid sudden acceleration and engine speeds over 3000 rpm.

Further information on fuel is available in the following locations:

At a gas station
At a qualified specialist workshop
On the https://www.mbusa.com (USA only)

Information on additives in gasoline (vehicles with gasoline engines)
Observe the notes on operating fluids.

NOTE Damage from use of unsuitable additives Even small amounts of the wrong additive may lead to malfunctions occurring.

Only add cleaning additives recommended by Mercedes-Benz to the fuel.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use brand-name fuels with additives. In some countries, the fuel available may not have sufficient additives. Deposits could build up in the fuel injection system as a result. In this case, in consultation with a qualified specialist workshop (e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Service Center), mix the fuel with the cleaning additive recommended by Mercedes-Benz. Observe the notes and mixing ratios indicated on the tank.

Tank content and fuel reserve
Total fuel tank capacity

Model
E 450 4MATIC	21.1 gal (80.0 liters)
All other models	17.4 gal (66.0 liters)

Fuel tank reserve

Model
E 450 4MATIC	3.2 gal (12.0 liters)
All other models	1.8 gal (7.0 liters)

FAQ

How can I identify the 2023 model of the E-Class Sedan from previous models?

Look for the latest design updates, especially in the front and rear fascias, and the most current interior features.

What distinctive exterior features help identify the E-Class Sedan?

Notable features include its sleek body lines, distinct grille design, and all-LED exterior lighting.

Are there any unique interior features that distinguish the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The interior boasts a modern design with a high-quality finish, possibly including unique trim options and the latest MBUX infotainment system.

How can I verify the engine type in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

Check under the hood for engine specifications or refer to the vehicle’s documentation for details like the 2.0L inline-4 turbo engine.

What type of wheels are standard on the 2023 model?

It comes with 18-inch twin 5-spoke wheels as standard.

Is there a specific badge or emblem that indicates the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The E-Class Sedan will have specific badging, usually found on the trunk, which includes the model name and engine type.

How can I tell if the car has optional features installed?

Optional features may include different wheel designs, exterior accents, or advanced safety features that can be verified through a visual inspection or vehicle documentation.

What are the key safety features visible for identification?

Key safety features may include advanced camera systems, sensor placements, and LED lighting technology.

How do I identify the transmission type in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The transmission type (9G-TRONIC 9-speed automatic) can be identified through vehicle documentation or onboard vehicle settings.

Can the vehicle’s infotainment system version help in identification?

Yes, the latest MBUX system version is a hallmark of the newest models.

Are there specific colour options unique to the 2023 model?

The 2023 model may offer colour options that are unique or newly introduced for that year.

How can I identify the car’s fuel type?

The fuel type (premium unleaded gasoline) is usually indicated near the fuel cap and in vehicle documentation.

What interior seating options are unique to the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

Look for specific upholstery options or seating features like massage functions that are unique to the latest models.

Are there any specific lighting features for the 2023 model?

The vehicle features all-LED exterior lighting, which might have distinctive design elements for the 2023 model.

How can I tell if the vehicle has the latest driver assistance technologies?

Check for features like the MBUX Augmented Video for Navigation or the latest version of driver assist systems.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Warning and Indicator Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Indicator Lamps

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan has a wide range of warning and indication systems that are intended to improve safety and give the driver important information. These systems include sophisticated tire pressure monitoring, indications for engine and brake system problems, fuel level alarms, and maintenance reminders. The car also has airbag system indicators, adaptive cruise control warnings, lane departure and blind spot monitoring, and other contemporary safety measures. The E-Class Sedan’s dedication to provide a safe and informed driving experience, fusing luxury with cutting-edge technology to assure driver and passenger safety, is further demonstrated by the integration of these warning and indicator systems.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Warning And Indicator Lamps

Overview of Indicator and Warning Lamps
Some systems will perform a self-test when the vehicle is switched on. Some indicator and warning lamps may briefly light up or flash. This behaviour is non-critical. These indicator and warning lamps indicate a malfunction only if they light up or flash after the vehicle has been started or during a journey.

Instrument display

Depending on the display settings, the positions of the indicator lamps on the instrument display may differ from the example shown.

Indicator and warning lamps
Occupant safety

Restraint system
Seat belt

Vehicle

Power steering

Engine

Coolant temperature
Engine diagnosis
Electrical malfunction
Reserve fuel with fuel filler flap location indicator

Brakes

Electric parking brake (yellow)F USA:

electric parking brake (red)
electric parking brake (red)
Recuperative Brake System
Canada: brakes (yellow)
USA: brakes (red)
Canada: brakes (red)

Driving systems

Distance warning
Active Brake Assist
Active Brake Assist
AIR BODY CONTROL
DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL
Driving safety systems ABS
Tire pressure monitoring system
Tire pressure monitoring system

Exterior lighting

Standing lights
Low beam High beam
Turn signal lights
Rear fog light Symbols on the media display
Drive Away Assist
Cross Traffic Alert
Maneuvering brake function

Occupant safety

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Restraint system warning lamp
The restraint system red warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is on. The restraint system is malfunctioning

WARNING
Risk of injury due to malfunctions in the restraint system Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deployed as planned in an accident.

Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Drive on carefully. # Note the messages on the instrument display. # Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Seat belt warning lamp flashes	* The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent warning tone sounds. The driver or front passenger has not fastened his/her seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. # Fasten your seat belt. There are objects on the front passenger seat. # Remove the objects from the front passenger seat.
Seat belt warning lamp lights up	* The red seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds once the vehicle has started. In addition, an intermittent warning tone may sound. The red seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts. # Fasten your seat belt. If you have placed objects on the front passenger seat, the red seat belt warning lamp may remain lit.

Warning/indicator lamp Power steering warning lamp (red)	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The red power steering warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running. The power assistance or the steering itself is malfunctioning. WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle’s operating safety is jeopardized. # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
Engine
Warning/indicator lamp Coolant warning lamp (red)
	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The red coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running. Possible causes: The temperature sensor is malfunctioning The coolant level is too low The air supply to the radiator is obstructed

WARNING
Risk of burns when opening the hood

If you open the hood in the event of an overheated engine or fire in the engine compartment, the following situations may occur:

You may come into contact with hot gases.
You may come into contact with other escaping hot operating fluids.
Before opening the hood, allow the engine to cool down.
In the event of a fire in the engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call the fire service.
Stop immediately by the traffic conditions and switch off the vehicle. Do not continue driving.
Note the messages on the driver’s display.

If the coolant temperature display is at the lower end of the temperature scale:

Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
If the coolant temperature display is at the upper end of the temperature scale:
Exit the vehicle and keep a safe distance from it until the engine has cooled down.
Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not obstructed.
Avoid high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the coolant temperature display remains below the red area.

The yellow coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.

Possible causes are:

The temperature sensor is malfunctioning
The charge air, transmission oil or battery cooling is faulty
The radiator shutters are blocked or defective
Avoid high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

The yellow Check Engine warning lamp is lit while the engine is running. A malfunction has occurred in the engine, the exhaust system or the fuel system. The emissions limit value may have been exceeded and the engine may be running in emergency operation mode. In some states, legal requirements stipulate that you must immediately consult a qualified specialist workshop as soon as the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up.

Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop.
The red electrical malfunction warning lamp is lit.
There is a malfunction in the electrics.
Note the messages on the driver’s display.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Electrical malfunction warning lamp	* The red electrical malfunction warning lamp is lit. There is a malfunction in the electrics. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
Fuel reserve warning lamp flashes	* The yellow fuel reserve warning lamp lights up while you are driving. There has been pressure loss in the fuel system. The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking. # Close the fuel filler cap. If the fuel filler cap has already been closed correctly: # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Fuel reserve warning lamp lights up	* The yellow fuel reserve warning lamp lights up while the engine is running. The fuel supply has dropped into the reserve range. # Refuel.

Breaks

Warning/indicator lamp

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Electric parking brake indicator lamp (red) (USA only)

Electric parking brake indicator lamp (red) (Canada only)

The electric parking brake (yellow) indicator lamp

* The red electric parking brake indicator lamp flashes or is lit.

The yellow electric parking brake indicator lamp is also lit in the event of a malfunction.

# Note the messages on the instrument display.

Warning/indicator lamp

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Recuperative Brake System warning lamp (USA only)

Brakes warning lamp (yellow) (Canada only)

*The yellow é warning lamp (USA only) or the yellow J brake warning lamp (Canada only) is lit while the vehicle is running.

WARNING
Risk of an accident due to a brake system malfunction

If the brake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics may be impaired.

# Drive on carefully.
# Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
# Adjust your speed and drive on carefully, leaving a suitable distance to the vehicle in front.
# If the instrument display shows a display message, observe it.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The red brake warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running. Possible causes: The brake force boosting is malfunctioning and the braking characteristics may be affected. There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. # Note the messages on the instrument display. WARNING Risk of accident and injury if brake force boosting is malfunctioning If brake force boosting is malfunctioning, increased brake pedal force may be necessary for braking. The braking characteristics may be impaired. The braking distance can increase in emergency braking situations. # Stop in a safe location immediately. Do not continue driving. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Brake warning lamp (USA only)
Brake system warning lamp (Canada only)
			WARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake fluid level
		If the brake fluid level is too low, the braking effect and the braking characteristics may be impaired. # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Do not add brake fluid.

Driving systems

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Warning lamp for distance warning function	* The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion. The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speed selected. If there is an additional warning tone, you are approaching an obstacle at too high a speed. # Be prepared to brake immediately. # Increase the distance. Function of Active Brake Assist.
Active Brake Assist warning lamp	* The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on. Due to dirty sensors or a malfunction, the system is not available or the range of functions is restricted. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
Active Brake Assist warning lamp	* The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on. The system is switched off or the range of functions has been automatically restricted. This may be the case if another driving system has been activated. # Observe the notes on Active Brake Assist.

Warning/indicator lamp Suspension warning lamp (yellow)	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The yellow AIR BODY CONTROL warning lamp is lit. The yellow DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL warning lamp is lit. A malfunction has occurred in the AIR BODY CONTROL. A malfunction has occurred in the DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
Driving safety systems
Warning/indicator lamp ABS warning lamp
	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running. ABS is malfunctioning. If an additional warning tone sounds, EBD is malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning. # Note the messages on the instrument display.WARNING There is a risk of skidding if EBD or ABS is malfunctioning The wheels may lock during braking.The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addition, other driving safety systems are switched off.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
		# Drive on carefully. # Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
ESP® warning lamp flashes	* The yellow ESP® warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion. One or more wheels have reached their grip limit. # Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.
ESP® warning lamp lights up	* The yellow ESP® warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running. ESP® is malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
		WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning
		If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are switched off. # Drive on carefully. # Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Tire Pressure Monitor

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp flashes	*The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit. The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.
		WARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning
		The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires. Tires with insufficient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking. # Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
Tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp lights up	* The yellow tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit. The tire pressure monitoring system has detected tire pressure loss in at least one of the tires. WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure The tires can burst. The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly. The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired. You could then lose control of the vehicle. # Observe the recommended tire pressures. # Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions. # Check the tire pressure and the tires.

FAQ

What type of warning system does the 2023 E-Class Sedan have for engine issues?

It likely includes a check engine light and possibly a message display for specific issues.

Is there a tire pressure monitoring system?

Yes, it features an advanced tire pressure monitoring system.

Does the vehicle have a fuel level warning indicator?

Yes, like most modern vehicles, it will have a fuel level warning indicator.

What kind of indicators are there for maintenance reminders?

The vehicle likely includes service interval reminders for regular maintenance.

Does the E-Class Sedan feature a lane departure warning system?

It likely includes a lane departure warning system as part of its driver assistance features.

Is there a warning system for the adaptive cruise control?

Yes, there would typically be visual and audible warnings related to the adaptive cruise control functionality.

What alerts does the car provide for low battery or alternator issues?

A warning light or message would typically alert the driver to low battery or alternator issues.

Does the car have a temperature warning light or gauge?

Yes, it will have a temperature gauge and possibly a warning light for overheating.

Are there any indicators for the brake system?

The vehicle will have a brake system warning light for issues like low brake fluid or a malfunction.

Does the vehicle indicate when it’s time to replace the brake pads?

Many modern cars, including likely the E-Class, have indicators for when brake pads need replacing.

Is there a warning system for the airbag system?

Yes, there is an airbag warning light to indicate any faults with the system.

What kind of seatbelt reminders does the car have?

The vehicle will have seatbelt reminder alerts, typically both visual and audible.

Does the E-Class Sedan have a warning for open doors or trunk?

Yes, there will be indicators for any open doors, trunk, or hood.

Are there any indicators for the electronic stability control system?

The car will have indicators for the Electronic Stability Program (ESP) when it’s engaged or malfunctioning.

Does the vehicle provide warnings for the exhaust system?

Specific exhaust system warnings are not typical, but general engine warnings may cover exhaust issues.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Tire Pressure Instructions

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Tire Pressure

The Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) as standard. This system monitors the air pressure in all four tires continuously and alerts the driver if the pressure falls below the recommended level. It is crucial to maintain the recommended tire pressure for safety, fuel efficiency, and tire longevity. You can find the recommended tire pressure for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 on the sticker located on the driver’s side door jamb or in the owner’s manual. It is advisable to check the tire pressure regularly, at least once a month, and before long trips or carrying heavy loads. If the TPMS light turns on while driving, it is essential to check the tire pressure as soon as possible. Driving on underinflated tires can be risky and can cause premature wear and tear. If the light remains on after inflating the tires to the recommended pressure, there may be a problem with the TPMS system, and it is recommended to have it checked by a qualified technician. It is vital to note that different models and packages of the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 come equipped with different tire sizes and types. It is important to use the recommended tire size and type for your specific vehicle to ensure optimal performance, safety, and comfort.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Tire Pressure

Notes on tire pressure
Risk of accident due to insufficient or excessive tire pressure

Underinflated or overinflated tires pose in particular the following risks:

The tires can burst.
The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking characteristics may be greatly impaired.
Comply with the recommended tire pressures and check the tire pressure of all tires, including the spare wheel, regularly:
- Monthly
- When the load changes
Before embarking on a longer journey
If operating conditions change, e.g. off-road driving
Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary.

Tire pressure that is too high or too low can:

Shorten the service life of the tires.
Cause increased tire damage.
Adversely affects driving characteristics and thus driving safety, e.g. due to hydroplaning.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to too low a tire pressure Tires with a pressure that is too low can overheat and burst as a consequence. In addition, they also suffer from irregular wear, which can significantly impair the braking properties and handling characteristics.

Avoid excessively low tire pressure.

Tire pressure which is too low can cause:

Tire defects as a result of overheating
Impaired handling characteristics
Irregular wear
Increased fuel consumption

WARNING
Risk of accident due to too high a tire pressure Tires with excessively high pressure can burst. In addition, they also suffer from irregular wear, which can significantly impair the braking properties and handling characteristics.

Avoid excessively high tire pressures.

Tire pressure which is too high can cause:

Increased braking distance
Impaired handling characteristics
Irregular wear
Impaired driving comfort
Susceptibility to damage

WARNING
Risk of accident due to repeated pressure drop in the tires The wheels, valves or tires could be damaged. Too low tire pressure can lead to the tires bursting.

Examine the tires for foreign objects.
Check whether the tire has a puncture or the valve has a leak.
If you are unable to rectify the damage, contact a qualified specialist workshop.

You can find information on tire pressure for the vehicle’s factory-installed tires on the following labels:

Tire and loading information placard on the
B‑pillar of your vehicle.
Tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap.

Observe the maximum tire pressure. Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure. The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure.

Only correct the tire pressure when the tires are cold. Conditions for cold tires:

The vehicle has been parked with the tires out of direct sunlight for at least three hours.
The vehicle has travelled less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

The vehicle’s tires heat up when driving. As the temperature of the tires increases, so too does the tire pressure. Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system: you can also check the tire pressure using the onboard computer. The tire pressure recommended for increased load/speed in the tire pressure table can affect the ride comfort.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to unsuitable accessories on tire valves If you mount unsuitable accessories onto tire valves, the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction, which can cause tire pressure loss.

Only screw standard valve caps or valve caps specifically approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve.

Tire pressure table
The tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuel filler flap.

The data shown in the images is an example

The tire pressure table shows the recommended tire pressure for all tires approved for this vehicle. The recommended tire pressures are valid for cold tires under various operating conditions according to the load and/or speed of the vehicle. If one or more tire sizes precede tire pressure, the following tire pressure information is only valid for those tire sizes and their respective load condition. The load conditions “partially laden” and “fully laden” are defined in the table for different numbers of passengers and amounts of luggage. The actual number of seats may differ from this. The tire pressure table shows the recommended tire pressure for all tires approved for this vehicle. The recommended tire pressures are valid for cold tires under various operating conditions according to the load and/or speed of the vehicle. If one or more tire sizes precede tire pressure, the following tire pressure information is only valid for those tire sizes and their respective load condition. The load conditions “partially laden” and “fully laden” are defined in the table for different numbers of passengers and amounts of luggage. The actual number of seats may differ from this.

Some tire pressure tables only show the rim diameter instead of the complete tire size, e.g. R18. The rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall.

Tire and loading information placard
Maximum tire pressure

Checking the tire pressure manually

Read the tire pressure recommended for the current operating conditions from the tire and loading information placard or the tire pressure table. Observe the notes on tire pressure.
Remove the valve cap of the tire to be checked.
Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve.
Read the tire pressure.
If the tire pressure is lower than the recommended value, increase the tire pressure to the recommended value.
If the tire pressure is higher than the recommended value, release air. To do so, press down the metal pin in the valve, e.g. using the tip of a pen. Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge.
Screw the valve cap onto the valve.
Further related subjects:
- Notes on tire pressure
- Tire pressure table
- Tire and loading information placard

Tire pressure monitoring system
The function of the tire pressure monitoring system

DANGER
Risk of accident due to incorrect tire pressure, Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. The system checks the tire pressure and the tire temperature of the tires fitted to the vehicle by means of a tire pressure sensor. The tire pressure and the tire temperature appear on the onboard computer. If there is a substantial pressure loss or if the tire temperature is excessive, you will be warned with display messages or the h warning lamp in the instrument cluster. The tire pressure monitoring system is only an aid. It is the driver’s responsibility to set the tire pressure to the recommended cold tire pressure suitable for the operating situation. In most cases, the tire pressure monitoring system will automatically update the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure. You can, however, also update the reference values by restarting the tire pressure monitoring system manually.

System limits
The system may be impaired or may not function particularly in the following situations:

incorrect reference values were taught in
sudden pressure loss caused by a foreign object penetrating the tire, for example
there is a malfunction caused by another radio signal source
Checking the tire pressure with the tire pressure monitoring system

Requirements

The vehicle is switched on.
On-board computer:

4 Service 5 Tires

One of the following displays will appear:

Current tire pressure and tire temperature on the individual wheels:

Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes
R Tire Pressure Monitor Active: the teach-in process of the system is not yet complete. The tire pressures are already being monitored.
Compare the tire pressure with the recommended tire pressure for the current operating condition. Additionally, observe the notes on cold tires.
The values displayed in the onboard computer may deviate from those of the tire pressure gauge as they refer to sea level. At high elevations, the tire pressure values indicated by a pressure gauge will be higher than those shown by the onboard computer. In this case, do not reduce the tire pressure.

Restarting the tire pressure monitoring system

The recommended tire pressure is correctly set for the respective operating status on all of the wheels.

Restart the tire pressure monitoring system in the following situations:

The tire pressure has changed.
The wheels or tires have been changed or newly fitted.

On-board computer:

4 Service 5 Tires

Swipe downwards on Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.

The Use Current Pressures as New Reference Values message will be shown on the instrument display.

To restart, press Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.
The Tire Press. Monitor Restarted message will be shown on the instrument display. Current warning messages will be deleted and the yellow h warning lamp will go out.
After you have been driving for a few minutes, the system will check whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range. The current tire pressures will then be accepted as reference values and monitored.

Be sure also to pay attention to the following related topic:
R Notes on tire pressure.

Tire pressure loss warning system

The function of the tire pressure loss warning system
The tire pressure loss warning system warns the driver using display messages when there is a severe tire pressure loss.

System limits
The system may be impaired or may not function particularly in the following situations:

incorrect reference values were taught in
sudden pressure loss caused by a foreign object penetrating the tire, for example
an even pressure loss on more than one tire occurs

The system has a restricted or delayed function, particularly in the following situations:

poor ground conditions, e.g. snow or gravel
driving with snow chains
when adopting a very sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or sudden acceleration
driving with a high load

The tire pressure loss warning system is only an aid. It is the driver’s responsibility to set the tire pressure to the recommended cold tire pressure suitable for the operating situation and to check it.

Be sure to also observe the following further related subjects:

Notes on tire pressure
Display messages about the tires

Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system

The recommended tire pressure is correctly set for the respective operating status on all wheels.

Restart the tire pressure loss warning system in the following situations:

The tire pressure has changed.
The wheels or tires have been changed or newly fitted.

On-board computer:
4 Service 5 Tires

Swipe downwards on Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.
The Tire Pressure Control System Active Restart message will be shown on the display.
To begin restart, press Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.
Is the Tire Pressure Now OK? message will be shown on the display.
Select Yes.
To confirm restart, press Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.
The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message will be shown on the display.
After you have driven for a few minutes, the tire pressure loss warning system will monitor the set pressures of all the tires.

Be sure also to pay attention to the following related topic:

Notes on tire pressure.

FAQ

What is the tire pressure monitoring system in the Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 comes equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) as standard. This system continuously monitors the air pressure in all four tires and alerts the driver if the pressure falls below the recommended level.

Why is maintaining the correct tire pressure important?
Maintaining the correct tire pressure is important for safety, fuel efficiency, and prolonging the life of your tires.

Where can I find the recommended tire pressure for my Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The recommended tire pressure for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 can be found on the sticker located on the driver’s side door jamb or in the owner’s manual.

How often should I check my tire pressure?
It is important to check the tire pressure regularly, at least once a month, and before long trips or when carrying a heavy load.

What should I do if the TPMS light comes on while driving?
If the TPMS light comes on while driving, it is important to check the tire pressure as soon as possible. Driving on underinflated tires can be dangerous and can cause premature wear and tear on your tires.

What should I do if the TPMS light stays on after inflating the tires to the recommended pressure?
If the light stays on after inflating the tires to the recommended pressure, there may be a problem with the TPMS system, and it is recommended to have it checked by a qualified technician.

What tire sizes and types are recommended for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 comes equipped with different tire sizes and types depending on the model and package. It is important to use the recommended tire size and type for your specific vehicle to ensure optimal performance, safety, and comfort.

What is the recommended tire pressure for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The recommended tire pressure for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 may vary depending on the tire size and type. It is important to refer to the sticker located on the driver’s side door jamb or in the owner’s manual for the correct tire pressure.

Can I inflate my tires to a higher pressure than the recommended level?
No, it is not recommended to inflate your tires to a higher pressure than the recommended level. Overinflating your tires can be dangerous and can cause premature wear and tear on your tires.

Can I use nitrogen instead of air to inflate my tires?
Yes, you can use nitrogen instead of air to inflate your tires. Nitrogen can help maintain tire pressure for a longer period of time and reduce the risk of moisture-related damage.

What should I do if I suspect a puncture or damage to my tire?
If you suspect a puncture or damage to your tire, it is important to have it inspected by a qualified technician as soon as possible.

Can I repair a punctured tire or do I need to replace it?
Whether a punctured tire can be repaired or needs to be replaced depends on the severity and location of the puncture. It is important to have it inspected by a qualified technician to determine the best course of action.

Can I replace just one tire or do I need to replace all four?
It is generally recommended to replace all four tires at the same time to ensure even wear and optimal performance. However, if only one tire needs to be replaced, it is important to choose a tire that matches the size and type of the other tires.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Loading The Vehicle Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023

When it comes to packing the car, the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan’s elegant and practical design makes for a smooth and convenient experience. With a roomy 13.1 cubic feet of cargo space, the sedan can accommodate a wide range of loading requirements for both short excursions and regular errands. Although the sources that are currently available do not specifically specify features like hands-free trunk opening, fold-down rear seats, and integrated loading aids, these are features that are frequently seen in high-end cars like the E-Class. Its adaptability is further enhanced by the availability of optional equipment like Mercedes-Benz cargo organizers and roof racks, which makes it the perfect alternative for anyone looking for a harmonious blend of style and utility.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Loading The Vehicle

Notes on Tire and Loading Information placard
Risk of accident from overloaded tires. Overloaded tires may overheat and burst as a consequence. Overloaded tires can also impair the steering and handling characteristics and lead to brake failure.

Observe the load rating of the tires.
The load rating must be at least half the permissible axle load of the vehicle.
Never overload the tires by exceeding the maximum load.

The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B-pillar on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading Information placard.

The data shown in the illustration is example data.

The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the following information:

Maximum number of seats 2 according to the maximum number of people permitted to travel in the vehicle.
Maximum permissible load 3 comprises the gross weight of all vehicle occupants, load, and luggage.
Recommended tire pressure 1 for cold tires. The recommended tire pressures are valid for the maximum permissible load and up to the maximum permissible vehicle speed.

Please also note:

Information on permissible weights and loads on the vehicle identification plate.
Information on tire pressure in the tire pressure table.

Further related subjects:

Determining the maximum permissible load
Notes on tire pressure.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575, under the “National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966”.

Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard.
Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1,400 – 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

Not all vehicles are permitted to tow a trailer. Towing a trailer is only permitted if a trailer hitch is installed. Please consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer if you have any questions about towing a trailer with your vehicle. Even if you have calculated the total load carefully, you should still make sure that the maximum permissible gross weight and the maximum gross axle weight rating of your vehicle are not exceeded. Details acan be found on the vehicle identification plate.

Have your loaded vehicle – including driver, occupants and load – weighed on a vehicle weighbridge.

The measured values may not exceed the maximum permissible values stated on the vehicle identification plate.

Further related subjects:

Calculation example for determining the maximum load.
Tire and Loading Information placard.
Tire pressure table.
Vehicle identification plate.

Calculation example for determining the maximum load

The following table shows examples of how to calculate total and load capacities with varying seating configurations and different numbers and sizes of occupants. The following examples use a maximum load of 1500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illustration purposes only. Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information placard. The higher the weight of all the occupants, the smaller the maximum load for luggage.

Example 1 Example 2
Combined maximum weight of occupants and load (data from the Tire and Loading Information placard)	1500 lbs (680 kg)	1500 lbs (680 kg)

Step 2

Example 1 Example 2
Number of people in the vehicle (driver and occupants)	5	1
Distribution of the occupants	Front: 2 Rear: 3	Front: 1
Weight of occupants	Occupant 1: 150 lbs (68 kg) Occupant 2: 180 lbs (82 kg) Occupant 3: 160 lbs (73 kg) Occupant 4: 140 lbs (63 kg) Occupant 5: 120 lbs (54 kg)	Occupant 1: 200 lbs (91 kg)
Total weight of all occupants	750 lbs (340 kg)	200 lbs (91 kg)

Step 3

Example 1 Example 2

Permissible load (maximum gross vehicle weight rating from the Tire and Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occupants)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 750 lbs (340 kg) = 750 lbs

(340 kg)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 200 lbs (91 kg) = 1300 lbs

(589 kg)

Tire Labeling
Overview of Tire Labeling

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards
DOT (Department of Transportation), (TIN)
Tire Identification Number
Maximum tire load
Maximum tire pressure
Manufacturer
Characteristics of the tire
Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed rating and load index
Tire name

The data shown in the illustration is example data.

Tire Quality Grading
In accordance with the US Department of Transportation’s “Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards”, tire manufacturers are required to grade their tires on the basis of the following three performance factors:

Treadwear grade
Traction grade
Temperature grade

The data shown in the illustration is example data. The classification is not legally stipulated for Canada, but it is generally stated.

Treadwear grade
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1\1/2\) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction grade
Risk of accident due to inadequate traction The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests.

Always adapt your driving style and drive at a speed to suit the prevailing traffic and weather conditions.

NOTE
Damage to the drivetrain from wheelspin

Avoid wheelspin.

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

Temperature grade
Risk of accident from tire overheating and tire failure Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause excessive heat build-up and possible tire failure.

Observe the recommended tire pressure.
Regularly check the pressure of all the tires.
Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C corresponds to a level of performance that all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)
US tire regulations stipulate that every tire manufacturer or retreated must imprint a TIN in or on the side wall of each tire produced.

The data shown in the image is example data.

The TIN is a unique identification number to identify tires and comprises the following:

DOT (Department of Transportation): tire symbol marks 1 indicating that the tire complies with the requirements of the US Department of Transportation.
Manufacturer identification code: manufacturer identification code 2 contains details of the tire manufacturer. New tires have a code with two symbols. Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols. Further information on retreaded tires.
Tire size: identifier 3 describes the tire size.
Tire type code: tire type code 4 can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire.
Manufacturing date: manufacturing date 5 provides information about the age of a tire. The 1st and 2nd positions represent the calendar week and the 3rd and 4th positions state the year of manufacture (e.g. “3208” represents the 32nd week of 2008).

Information on the Maximum Tire Load

The data shown in the illustration is example data. Maximum tire load 1 is the maximum permissible weight for which the tire is approved. Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit. The maximum permissible load can be found on the vehicle’s tire and loading information placard on the B-pillar on the driver’s side.

Specifications for Maximum Tire Pressure

The data shown in the illustration is example data. Never exceed the maximum tire pressure 1 specified for the tire. Always observe the recommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure.

Information on Tire Characteristics

The data shown in the image is example data. This information describes the type of tire cord and the number of layers in side wall 1 and under tire tread 2. Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed rating and load index

WARNING
Risk of injury through exceeding the specified tire load-bearing capacity or the permissible speed rating Exceeding the specified tire load rating or the permissible speed rating may lead to tire damage and to the tires bursting.

Therefore, only use tire types and sizes approved for your vehicle model.
Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle.

First letter(s)
Nominal tire width in millimetres
Aspect ratio in %
Tire code
Rim diameter
Load-bearing index
Speed rating
Load Index

The data shown in the illustration is example data. Information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop.

First letter(s) 1:

Without: passenger vehicle tires according to European manufacturing standards.
“P”: passenger vehicle tires according to US manufacturing standards.
“LT”: light truck tires according to US manufacturing standards.
“T”: compact emergency spare wheels with high tire pressure that are only designed for temporary use in an emergency.

Aspect ratio 3:
The ratio between tire height and tire width is per cent (tire height divided by tire width).

Tire code 4 (tire type):

“R”: radial tire
“D”: bias ply tire
“B”: bias radial tires
“ZR”: radial tire with a maximum speed above

Rim diameter 5:
The diameter of the bead seat (not the diameter of the rim flange). The rim diameter is specified in inches (in).

Load-bearing index 6:
Numerical code that specifies the maximum load-bearing capacity of a tire (e.g. “91” corresponds to 1,356 lbs (615 kg)). The load-bearing capacity of the tire must be at least half the gross axle weight rating of your vehicle. Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit.

See also:

Maximum permissible load on the tire and loading information placard
Maximum tire load
Load Index

Speed rating 7:
Specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire. An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding 130 mph (210 km/h).
Make sure that your tires have the required speed rating. You can obtain information on the required speed rating from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Service Center.

Summer tires

Index	Speed rating
Q	up to 100 mph (160 km/h)
R	up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
S	up to 112 mph (180 km/h)
T	up to 118 mph (190 km/h)
H	up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
V	up to 149 mph (240 km/h)
W	up to 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y	up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

Index	Speed rating
ZR…Y¹	up to 186 mph (300 km/h)
ZR…(..Y)¹	over 186 mph (300 km/h)
ZR¹	over 149 mph (240 km/h)

Specifying the speed rating as the “ZR” index in tire code 4 is optional for tires up to 186 mph (300 km/h).
If your tire code 4 includes “ZR” and there is no speed rating 7, find out what the maximum speed is from the tire manufacturer.
If load-bearing index 6 and speed rating 7 are in brackets, the maximum speed rating of your tire is above 186 mph (300 km/h). To find out the maximum speed, ask the tire manufacturer.

All-weather tires and winter tires

Index	Speed rating
Q M+S²	up to 100 mph (160 km/h)
T M+S²	up to 118 mph (190 km/h)
H M+S²	up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
V M+S²	up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

Winter tires bear the snowflake symbol and fulfil the requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association (RMA) and the Rubber Association of Canada (RAC) regarding tire traction on snow.

Load index 8

No specification given: standard load (SL) tire
“XL” or “Extra Load”: extra load tire or reinforced tire
“Light Load”: light load tire
R “C”, “D”, “E”: a load range that depends on the maximum load that the tire can carry at a certain pressure

FAQ

What is the cargo capacity of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The sedan has a cargo capacity of 13.1 cubic feet.

Does the vehicle feature a hands-free trunk opening system?

This specific detail isn’t provided in the sources, but higher-end Mercedes-Benz models often include hands-free or automatic trunk opening features.

Can the rear seats be folded down to increase cargo space?

Information about foldable rear seats is not explicitly stated, but it’s a common feature in sedans for added cargo flexibility.

Is there a roof rack or carrier option available for additional loading capacity?

Roof racks or carriers are typically available as optional accessories, but specific availability for the 2023 model should be confirmed with a dealership.

What are the trunk dimensions?

Exact trunk dimensions are not provided, but the overall cargo capacity is 13.1 cubic feet.

Are there any integrated loading aids in the trunk, like hooks or nets?

Luxury vehicles like the E-Class often come with hooks or nets in the trunk, but specific details should be checked with a dealer.

Is there a ski hatch or pass-through for longer items?

While not specified, many luxury sedans offer a ski hatch or pass-through as standard or optional features.

How wide is the trunk opening, making it easier or harder to load large items?

The specific width of the trunk opening is not detailed, but it’s designed to accommodate standard luggage and golf bags.

Does the vehicle have an automatic levelling system to accommodate heavy loading?

While not specified for the 2023 E-Class Sedan, some Mercedes-Benz models do feature automatic levelling systems.

Is there a limit to the roof loading capacity?

Roof loading limits are typically specified in the owner’s manual, and it’s important to adhere to these for safety.

Are there any special features in the vehicle to secure cargo during transport?

Specific cargo securing features are not detailed, but typically, luxury sedans have tie-down points and may offer cargo nets or dividers.

Does the car feature a power-operated trunk lid for easy closing when hands are full?

This feature is common in luxury sedans, but confirmation for the 2023 E-Class should be obtained from a dealer.

How does loading cargo affect the vehicle’s driving dynamics?

Like all vehicles, loading cargo, especially if heavy or unevenly distributed, can affect handling and performance. The E-Class is designed to handle typical cargo loads efficiently.

Are there any accessories available to enhance cargo loading and carrying capability?

Mercedes-Benz usually offers a range of accessories like cargo organizers, boxes, and carriers.

Is the loading floor adjustable or does it have a variable height for easier loading?

This detail is not specified, but luxury cars often have some adjustability for ease of loading.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Definition and Loading Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Definition of Terms

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan blends cutting-edge technology features with a sophisticated design to create the pinnacle of luxury and performance. It has an inline-4 2.0L turbocharged engine that produces 255 horsepower and 273 lb-ft of torque. A 9G-TRONIC 9-speed automatic transmission is mated to this engine. In addition to a roomy and comfortable cabin that can accommodate five people, this vehicle has a 13.1 cubic foot trunk capacity. In just 6.1 seconds, it can accelerate from 0 to 60 miles per hour with remarkable speed, and it gets 23 city and 31 highway mpg of fuel efficiency. The exterior of the automobile is distinguished by its sophisticated design, all-LED lighting, and 18-inch wheels, while the interior is equipped with safety measures like Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call Service and automobile-to-X Communication, guaranteeing both security and luxury.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Definition of Terms for Tires and Loading

Tire structure and characteristics describe the number of layers or the number of rubber-coated belts in the tire contact surface and the tire wall. These are made of steel, nylon, polyester, and other materials.
Bar: metric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 pounds per square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascal (kPa) is the equivalent of one bar.
DOT (Department of Transportation): DOT-marked tires fulfil the requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation.
The average weight of the vehicle occupants: the number of vehicle occupants for which the vehicle is designed, multiplied by 150 lb (68 kg).
Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards: a uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regard to tread quality, tire traction and temperature characteristics. The quality grading assessment is made by the manufacturer following specifications from the U.S. government. The quality grade of a tire is printed on the side wall of the tire.
Recommended tire pressure: the recommended tire pressure is the tire pressure specified for the tires mounted on the vehicle at the factory. The tire and information placard contains the recommended tire pressure for cold tires, the maximum permissible load and the maximum permissible vehicle speed. The tire pressure table contains the recommended tire pressure for cold tires under various operating conditions, i.e. loading and/or speed of the vehicle.
Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment: the combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehicle, regardless of whether it is actually installed on the vehicle or not. Rim: the part of the wheel on which the tire is installed.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating): the GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating. The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating. The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B‑pillar on the driver’s side.
Speed rating: the speed rating is part of the tire identification. It specifies the speed range for which a tire is approved.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight): the gross vehicle weight comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel, tools, the spare wheel, any accessories installed, occupants, luggage and the trailer nose-weight, if applicable. The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B‑pillar on the driver’s side.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating): the GVWR is the maximum permitted gross weight of the fully laden vehicle (weight of the vehicle including all accessories, occupants, fuel, luggage and the trailer drawbar nose weight if applicable). The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B‑pillar on the driver’s side.
Maximum weight of the laden vehicle: the maximum weight is the sum of the curb weight of the vehicle, the weight of the accessories, the maximum load and the weight of optional equipment installed at the factory.
Kilopascal (kPa): metric unit for tire pressure. 6.9 kPa corresponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire pressure is a bar. 100 kilopascal (kPa) equals 1 bar.
Load index: in addition to the load-bearing index, the load index may also be printed on the side wall of the tire. This specifies the load-bearing capacity of the tire more precisely.
Curb weight: the weight of a vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant. It also includes the air conditioning system and optional equipment if these are installed on the vehicle, but does not include passengers or luggage.
Maximum tire load: the maximum tire load is the maximum permissible weight in kilograms or lbs for which a tire is approved.
Maximum permissible tire pressure: maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire.
Maximum load on one tire: maximum load on one tire. This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two.
PSI (pounds per square inch): standard unit of measurement for tire pressure.
Aspect ratio: the ratio between tire height and tire width in per cent.
Tire pressure: the pressure inside the tire which applies an outward force to every square inch of the tire. The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch (psi), in kilopascals (kPa) or in bars. The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold.
Cold tire pressure: the tires are cold when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours without direct sunlight on the tires or the vehicle has been driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Tire contact surface: the part of the tire that comes into contact with the road.
Tire bead: the purpose of the tire bead is to ensure that the tire sits securely on the wheel rim. There are several wire cores in the tire bead to prevent the tire from changing length on the wheel rim.
Sidewall: the part of the tire between the tread and the tire bead.
Weight of optional equipment: the combined weight of the optional equipment weighs more than the replaced standard parts and is more than 5 lbs (2.3 kg). This optional equipment, such as high-performance brakes, a level control system, a roof luggage rack or high-performance batteries, is not included in the curb weight and the weight of the accessories.
TIN (Tire Identification Number): a unique identification number that can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires, for example, in a product recall, and thus identify the purchasers. The TIN is made up of the manufacturer’s identity code, tire size, tire type code and manufacturing date.
Load-bearing index: the load-bearing index is a code that contains the maximum load-bearing capacity of a tire.
Traction: traction is the grip resulting from friction between the tires and the road surface.
Wear indicator: narrow bars (tread wear bars) that are distributed over the tire contact surface. If the tire tread is level with the bars, the wear limit of 1/16 in (1.6 mm) has been reached.
Distribution of vehicle occupants: distribution of vehicle occupants over designated seat positions in a vehicle.
Maximum permissible payload weight: nominal load and luggage load plus 150 lb (68 kg) multiplied by the number of seats in the vehicle.

FAQ

What is the engine specification of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It has a 2.0L inline-4 turbo engine with 255 hp and 273 lb-ft torque.

What is the fuel economy of this model?

The car offers 23 mpg in the city and 31 mpg on the highway.

What type of transmission does it have?

The vehicle features a 9G-TRONIC 9-speed automatic transmission.

How fast can the E-Class Sedan accelerate from 0-60 mph?

It can accelerate from 0-60 mph in 6.1 seconds.

What are the key performance features?

Key performance features include the ECO Start/Stop system, DYNAMIC SELECT, and a 4-wheel multilink suspension.

Can you describe the exterior design?

The exterior design features all-LED lighting, a power tilt/sliding tinted glass sunroof, and 18-inch twin 5-spoke wheels. Optional features like a panorama roof and various wheel designs are also available.

What safety features are included?

Safety features include Car-to-X Communication, Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call Service, Active Brake Assist, and ATTENTION ASSIST, among others.

What is the interior capacity?

The sedan seats five passengers comfortably and offers a cargo capacity of 13.1 cubic feet.

What are the interior dimensions?

The front headroom is 37.3 inches, the legroom is 41.7 inches and the shoulder room is 57.8 inches. In the rear, headroom is 37.6 inches, legroom is 36.2 inches and shoulder room is 57.1 inches.

What is the car’s curb weight?

The curb weight of the E-Class Sedan is 3,781 lbs.

What are the exterior dimensions of the car?

The overall length is 194.3 inches, the height is 57.8 inches, and the width with mirrors is 81.3 inches.

What type of wheels and tires does it have?

It comes with 18-inch twin 5-spoke wheels and 245/45R18 all-season Extended Mobility tires.

What is the fuel capacity?

The fuel capacity of the vehicle is 17.4 gallons.

What type of suspension system is used?

The E-Class Sedan uses a 4-wheel independent suspension with a 4-link front and 5-arm multilink rear.

What are some of the optional features available?

Optional features include AIR BODY CONTROL, a sports brake system, and various design elements like different wheel designs and wood trim options.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Changing a Wheel Quick Guide

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Changing Wheel

On the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan, changing a wheel necessitates taking certain measures to protect the integrity of the car and assure safety. With sophisticated features and systems, it’s essential to use the right instruments and adhere to the manufacturer’s instructions. Usually, the procedure is replacing the wheel, removing the lug nuts using a lug wrench, and carefully raising the car with a jack at the approved lift locations. The type of tires utilized, especially run-flat tires, which could need to be replaced by a specialist, needs special care. Furthermore, if you’re using a spare tire, be sure the replacement wheel has the proper tire pressure and follow any speed restrictions. This process emphasizes how crucial it is to recognize and appreciate the sophisticated character of contemporary luxury cars, such as the E-Class Sedan, when doing maintenance.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Changing a Wheel

Notes on selecting, installing, and replacing tires
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to incorrect wheel and tire dimensions. If wheels and tires of the wrong size are installed, the service brakes or components in the brake system and in the wheel suspension may be damaged.

Always replace wheels and tires with ones that fulfil the specifications of the original part.

For wheels, pay attention to the following:

Designation
Type

For tires, pay attention to the following:

Designation
Manufacturer
Type

Therefore, only use tire types and sizes approved for your vehicle model.
Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle.

NOTE
Vehicle and tire damage caused by non-approved tire types and sizes.
For safety reasons, only use tires, wheels and accessories which have been specially approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle.

These tires are specially adapted to active safety systems, such as ABS, ESP® and 4MATIC, and are marked as follows:

MO = Mercedes-Benz Original
MOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended (run-flat tires only for certain wheels)
MO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only certain AMG tires)

Otherwise, certain properties, such as handling characteristics, vehicle noise emissions, consumption, etc. could be adversely affected. Furthermore, other tire sizes could result in the tires rubbing against the body and axle components when loaded. This could result in damage to the tire or the vehicle. Only use tires, wheels and accessories that have been checked and recommended by Mercedes-Benz.

NOTE Risk to driving safety from retreaded tires

Retreaded tires are neither tested nor recommended by Mercedes-Benz since previous damage cannot always be detected on retreaded tires.
For this reason, driving safety cannot be guaranteed.

Do not use used tires if you have no information about their previous usage.

NOTE
Possible wheel and tire damage when driving over obstacles
Large wheels have a smaller section width. As the section width decreases, the risk of wheels and tires being damaged when driving over obstacles increases.

Avoid obstacles or drive especially carefully.
Reduce your speed when driving over curbs, speed bumps, manhole covers and potholes.
Avoid particularly high curbs.

NOTE
Possible wheel and tire damage when parking on curbs or in potholes

Parking on curbs or in potholes can damage the wheels and tires.

Only park on as level a surface as possible.
Avoid curbs and potholes when parking.

NOTE
Damage to electronic parts due to the use of tire-installing tools Vehicles with tire pressure monitoring system: There are electronic parts in the wheel. If tire-installing tools are positioned in the area of the valve, the electronic components could be damaged.

Tire-installing tools should not be applied in the area of the valve.
Always have tires changed at a qualified specialist workshop.

NOTE
Damage to summer tires at low ambient temperatures At low ambient temperatures, tears could form when driving with summer tires, causing permanent damage to the tires.

At temperatures below 45°F (7°C) use i M+S tires.

Accessory parts which are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or which are not used correctly, can impair the operating safety.
Before purchasing and using non-approved accessories, visit a qualified specialist workshop and inquire about:

Suitability
Legal stipulations
Factory recommendations

WARNING
Risk of an accident with high-performance tires. The special tire tread in combination with the optimized tire compound means that the risk of skidding and hydroplaning on wet roads is increased. In addition, the tire grip is greatly reduced at a low outside temperature and tire running temperature.

Switch on the ESP® and adapt your driving style accordingly.
Use i M+S tires at outside temperatures of less than 50°F (10°C).
Only use the tires for their intended purpose.

Observe the following when selecting, installing, and replacing tires:

Furthermore, the use of certain tire types in certain regions and areas of operation can be highly beneficial.
Only use tires and wheels of the same type (summer tires, winter tires, MOExtended tires) and the same make.
Only install wheels of the same size (left and right) on each axle.
It is only permissible to install a different wheel size in the event of a flat tire to drive to the specialist workshop.
Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system: all installed wheels must be equipped with functioning sensors for the tire pressure monitoring system.
At temperatures below 45°F (7°C) use winter tires or all-season tires marked i M+S for all wheels.
Winter tires provide the best possible grip in wintry road conditions.
For M+S tires, only use tires with the same tread.
Observe the maximum permissible speed for the M+S tire which is installed.
If the tire’s maximum speed is below that of the vehicle, this must be indicated by an appropriate label in the driver’s field of vision.
Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the
first 60 miles (100 km).
Replace the tires after six years at the latest,
regardless of wear.
When replacing with tires that do not feature run-flat characteristics: vehicles with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory. Equip the vehicle with a TIREFIT kit after replacing it with tires that do not feature run-flat characteristics, e.g. winter tires.

For more information on wheels and tires, contact a qualified specialist workshop.

Be sure to also observe the following further related subjects:

Notes on tire pressure
Tire and loading information placard
Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed rating and load index
Tire pressure table
Notes on the emergency spare wheel

Notes on rotating wheels

WARNING
Risk of injury through different wheel sizes, Rotating the front and rear wheels can severely impair the driving characteristics.
The wheel brakes or suspension components may also be damaged.

Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions.

Observe the instructions and safety notes on “Changing a wheel”

The wear patterns on the front and rear wheels differ:

Front wheels wear more on the tire shoulder
The rear wheels wear more in the centre of the tire

Do not drive with tires that have too little tread depth. This significantly reduces traction on wet roads (hydroplaning). On vehicles that have the same size front and rear wheels, rotate the wheels according to the intervals in the tire manufacturer’s warranty book in your vehicle documents. If this is not available, rotate the tires every 3,000 to 6,000 miles (5,000 to 10,000 km), depending on the wear. Ensure that the direction of rotation is maintained.

Notes on storing wheels
When storing wheels, observe the following notes: R After removing wheels, store them in a cool, dry and preferably dark place.

Protect the tires from contact with oil, grease or fuel.

NOTE
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

Apart from some country-specific variants, vehicles are not equipped with a tire-change tool kit. Consult a qualified specialist workshop to find out which wheel change tools are necessary and approved for changing the wheel on your vehicle.

You require the following tools, for example, to change a wheel:

Jack
Chock
Lug wrench
Alignment bolt

The tire-change tool kit is located under the trunk floor.

Depending on the model, the tire change tool kit may be located at other positions under the trunk floor.

Jack
Lug wrench
Alignment bolt
Folding chock
Ratchet for jack

Preparing the vehicle for a wheel change

Requirements

The vehicle is not on a slope.
The vehicle is on solid, non-slippery and level ground.
The required tire-change tool kit is available.

If your vehicle is not equipped with the tire change tool kit, consult a qualified specialist workshop to find out about suitable tools.

Apply the electric parking brake manually.
Move the front wheels to the straight-ahead position.
Shift the transmission to position j.
Vehicles with a level control system: Set the normal vehicle level .
Switch off the vehicle.
Make sure that the vehicle cannot be started.
Place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change.
If necessary, remove the wheel trim/hub caps.
Raise the vehicle.

Removing and installing the wheel trim/hub caps

Requirements

The vehicle is prepared for a wheel change.

Plastic hub cap To remove:

Turn the centre cover of the hub cap counterclockwise and remove the hub cap.

To install:

Make sure that the centre cover of the hub cap is turned counter-clockwise.
Position the hub cap and turn the centre cover clockwise until the hub cap engages physically and audibly.

Aluminum hub cap

To remove:

Position socket 2 from the tire-change tool kit on hub cap 1.
Position wheel wrench 3 on socket 2.
Using wheel wrench 3, turn hub cap 1
counter-clockwise and remove it.

To install:

Follow the instructions above in reverse order.
Specified tightening torque: 18 lb-ft (25 Nm).

Raising the vehicle when changing a wheel

There are no persons in the vehicle.
The vehicle has been prepared for a wheel change.
The wheel trims and hub caps have been removed.

Important notes on using the jack:

Use only a vehicle-specific jack that has been approved by Mercedes-Benz to raise the vehicle.
The jack is only designed for raising and holding the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed and not for maintenance work under the vehicle.
The jack must be placed on a firm, flat and non-slip surface. If necessary, use a large, flat, load-bearing, non-slip underlay.
The foot of the jack must be positioned vertically under the jack support point.

Rules of conduct when the vehicle is raised:

Never place your hands or feet under the vehicle.
Never lie under the vehicle.
Do not start the vehicle and do not release the electric parking brake.
Do not open or close any doors or the trunk lid.

Using the lug wrench, loosen the wheel bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one full turn. Do not unscrew the screws completely.

Position of the jack support points

NOTE
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

WARNING
Risk of injury from incorrect positioning of the jack If you do not position the jack correctly at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle, the jack could tip with the vehicle raised.

Only position the jack at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle. The base of the jack must be positioned vertically under the jacking point of the vehicle.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle due to the jack If you do not position the jack at the jack support points provided for this purpose, you could damage your vehicle

Only position the jack at the jack support points provided for this purpose.
Take the ratchet out of the tire-change tool kit and place it on the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters “AUF” are visible.

Position support 2 of jack 4 on jack support point 1.
Turn ratchet 3 clockwise until support 2 sits completely on jack support point 1 and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground.
Turn ratchet 3 until the tire is raised a maximum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from the ground.
Loosen and remove the wheel.

Removing a wheel

The vehicle is raised.
NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers. When changing a wheel, avoid applying any force to the brake disks, as this could impair the level of comfort when braking.

NOTE
Damage to the wheels’ plastic elements when changing a wheel Plastic elements on wheels may be damaged when removing and repositioning the wheel.

Do not raise the wheels by the plastic elements when removing and repositioning.

NOTE
Damage to threading from dirt on wheel bolts

Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a dirty surface.
Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt completely.

Screw alignment bolt 1 into the thread instead of the wheel bolt.
Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts completely.
Remove the wheel.

Installing a new wheel

Requirements

The wheel to be changed is removed and the alignment bolt is screwed in.

NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

WARNING
Risk of accident from losing a wheel Oiled, greased or damaged wheel bolt/wheel nut threads or wheel hub/wheel mounting bolt threads can cause the wheel bolts/wheel nuts to come loose.

Never oil or grease the threads.
In the event of damage to the threads, contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Have the damaged wheel bolts or damaged hub threads replaced.
Do not continue driving.
Observe the information on the choice of tires.

For tires with a specified direction of rotation, an arrow on the side wall of the tire indicates the correct direction of rotation. Observe the direction of rotation when installing.

NOTE
Damage to the wheels’ plastic elements when changing a wheel Plastic elements on wheels may be damaged when removing and repositioning the wheel.

Do not raise the wheels by the plastic elements when removing and repositioning.
Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the alignment bolt and push it on.

WARNING
Risk of injury from tightening wheel bolts and nuts If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised, the jack could tip.

Only tighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground.
Be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on “Changing a wheel”.
For safety reasons, only use wheel bolts which have been approved by Mercedes-Benz and for the wheel in question.
NOTE Damage to the paintwork of the wheel rim when screwing in the first wheel bolt

If the wheel has too much play when screwing in the first wheel bolt, the wheel rim paint can be damaged.

Press the wheel firmly against the wheel hub when screwing in the first wheel bolt.
Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal pattern in the order indicated until they are finger-tight.
Unscrew and remove the alignment bolt. # Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger-tight.
Lower the vehicle.

Lowering the vehicle after a wheel change

Requirements

The new wheel has been installed.
To lower the vehicle: place the ratchet onto the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters “AB” are visible and turn counter-clockwise.

Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 with an initial maximum force of 59 lb-ft (80 Nm).
Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 with the specified tightening torque of 111 lb-ft (150 Nm).

WARNING
Risk of accident due to incorrect tightening of torque The wheels could come loose if the wheel bolts or wheel nuts are not tightened to the prescribed torque.

Ensure that the wheel bolts or wheel nuts are tightened to the prescribed tightening torque.
If you are not sure, do not move the vehicle. Contact a qualified specialist work-shop and have the tightening torque checked immediately.
Check the tire pressure of the newly installed wheel and adjust it if necessary.
The following does not apply if the new wheel is an emergency spare wheel.
Vehicles with a tire pressure loss warning system: restart the tire pressure loss warning system.
Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system: restart the tire pressure monitoring system.

FAQ

Can I change a wheel on the 2023 E-Class Sedan by myself?

Yes, you can change a wheel yourself if you have the necessary tools and follow the proper safety procedures.

What tools are needed to change a wheel on the E-Class Sedan?

You’ll need a jack, a lug wrench, and potentially a locking wheel bolt adaptor if your car has locking bolts.

Does the 2023 E-Class Sedan come with these tools?

The vehicle typically includes a jack and a lug wrench, but it’s always good to check your specific model.

How do I safely lift the car with a jack?

Place the jack under the designated lift point near the wheel you are changing, ensuring the car is on a level surface and the parking brake is engaged.

What is the correct order for loosening and tightening lug nuts?

Loosen and tighten the lug nuts in a crisscross pattern to ensure even pressure on the wheel.

How tight should the lug nuts be?

Lug nuts should be tightened to the manufacturer’s specified torque, usually found in the owner’s manual.

What should I do with the flat tire after changing it?

Store the flat tire in your vehicle’s trunk or cargo area and take it to a tire shop for repair or replacement.

Can I use any wheel as a spare for the E-Class Sedan?

It’s essential to use a spare wheel that matches the vehicle’s specifications for size and weight capacity.

Is there a speed limit when driving on a spare wheel?

Yes, typically you should not exceed 50 mph on a spare wheel, especially if it’s a compact spare.

How long can I drive on a spare wheel?

Avoid driving long distances on a spare wheel; it’s intended to get you to a tire shop for repair.

Do I need to balance the wheel after changing it?

Balancing is not required immediately, but it’s advisable to have the wheel balanced during the tire repair or replacement.

What are the risks of changing a wheel on the roadside?

There are safety risks, including traffic hazards. Always position the car away from traffic and use hazard lights.

Should I check the tire pressure of the spare wheel?

Yes, ensure the spare wheel is inflated to the recommended tire pressure before using it.

How do I dispose of or recycle an old tire?

Old tires should be taken to a tire shop or recycling centre for proper disposal or recycling.

Can I replace a run-flat tire by myself?

Replacing a run-flat tire requires specific tools and skills, so it’s best done by a professional.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Spare Wheel Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Spare Wheel

In keeping with contemporary car trends, the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan normally does not include a conventional spare wheel as standard equipment. Alternatively, run-flat tires or a tire repair kit (which comes with an electric air pump and tire sealant) are frequently fitted to certain Mercedes-Benz models. This strategy aims to minimize weight and save space, which improves fuel economy and increases cargo space. Even after a puncture, run-flat tires enable the car to be driven at a slower pace for a short distance, giving it enough range to get to a safe place or a repair facility. It might be possible to add a spare wheel as an optional extra for drivers who would rather have one so that people who value having a conventional spare tire can be satisfied.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Emergency Spare Wheel

Notes on the Emergency Spare Wheel
Risk of accident caused by incorrect wheel and tire dimensions. The wheel or tire sizes and the tire type of the emergency spare wheel or spare wheel and the wheel to be replaced may differ. The emergency spare wheel or spare wheel can significantly impair the driving characteristics of the vehicle.

To prevent hazardous situations:

Drive carefully.
Never install more than one emergency spare wheel or spare wheel that differs in size.
Only use an emergency spare wheel or spare wheel briefly.
Do not deactivate ESP®.
Have the emergency spare wheel or spare wheel of a different size replaced at the nearest qualified specialist workshop. The new wheel must have the correct dimensions.

The emergency spare wheel is secured in the emergency spare wheel bag in the trunk.

Observe the following notes on installing an emergency spare wheel:

The maximum permissible speed with an emergency spare wheel installed is 50 mph (80 km/h).
Do not install the emergency spare wheel with snow chains.
Replace the emergency spare wheel after six years at the latest, regardless of wear.
Use the wheel bolts that are included with the emergency spare wheel.
Check the tire pressure of the emergency spare wheel installed. Correct the pressure as necessary.

The specified tire pressure is stated on the label of the emergency spare wheel. Vehicles with a tire pressure loss warning system: if an emergency spare wheel is installed, the tire pressure loss warning system cannot function reliably. Only restart the system again when the emergency spare wheel has been replaced with a new wheel. Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system: if an emergency spare wheel is installed, the tire pressure monitoring system cannot function reliably. For a few minutes after an emergency spare wheel is installed, the system may still display the tire pressure of the removed wheel. Only restart the system again when the emergency spare wheel has been replaced with a new wheel.

Be sure to also observe the following further related subjects:

Notes on tire pressure
Tire and Loading Information placard
Tire pressure table
Notes on installing tires
installing an emergency spare wheel

Notes on technical data
NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

The data stated only applies to vehicles with standard equipment. You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centre.

Vehicle electronics

Notes on installing two-way radios

WARNING
Risk of accident due to improper work on two-way radios If two-way radios are manipulated or retrofitted incorrectly, the electromagnetic radiation from the two-way radios can interfere with the vehicle electronics and jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle.

You should have all work on electrical and electronic components carried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to improper operation of two-way radios If you use two-way radios in the vehicle improperly, their electromagnetic radiation can disrupt the vehicle’s electronics.

This is the case in the following situations, in particular:

The two-way radio is not connected to an exterior antenna.
The exterior antenna is installed incorrectly or is not a low-reflection antenna.

This could jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle.

Has the low-reflection exterior antenna been installed at a qualified specialist workshop?
When operating two-way radios in the vehicle, always connect them to the low-reflection exterior antenna.

NOTE
Invalidation of the operating permit due to failure to comply with the instructions for installation and use The operating permit may be invalidated if the instructions for the installation and use of two-way radios are not observed.

Only use approved frequency bands.
Observe the maximum permissible output power in these frequency bands.
Only use approved antenna positions.

Front roof area
Rear roof area
Rear fenders
Trunk lid

On vehicles with a panoramic sliding sunroof, installing an antenna in the front or rear roof area is not permitted. On the rear fenders, it is recommended that you install the antenna on the side of the vehicle closest to the center of the road. Use Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609 (Road Vehicles – “EMC guidelines for installation of aftermarket radio frequency transmitting equipment”) when retrofitting two-way radios. Comply with the legal requirements for detachable parts.
If your vehicle has two-way radio equipment installed, use the power supply and antenna connectors provided in the pre-installation. Observe the manufacturer’s supplements when installing.

The two-way radio transmission output
The maximum transmission output (PEAK) at the base of the antenna must not exceed the values in the following table. Frequency band and maximum transmission output

Frequency band	Maximum transmission output
Short wave 3 – 54 MHz	100 W
4‑m‑ frequency band 74 – 88 MHz	30 W
2‑m‑ frequency band 144 – 174 MHz	50 W
Terrestrial Trunked Radio (TETRA) 380 – 460 MHz	10 W
70‑cm‑ frequency band 420 – 450 MHz	35 W
Two-way radio (2G/3G/4G)	10 W

The following can be used in the vehicle without restrictions:

two-way radios with a maximum transmission output of up to 100 mW
RF transmitters with transmitter frequencies in the 380 – 410 MHz frequency band and a maximum transmission output of up to 2 W (TETRA) mobile phones (2G/3G/4G)
There are no restrictions when positioning the antenna on the outside of the vehicle for the following frequency bands:
Terrestrial Trunked Radio (TETRA)
70‑cm‑ frequency band
2G/3G/4G

Regulatory radio identification and notes
Regulatory radio identification of small components Manufacturer information about radio-based vehicle components can be found using the key phrase “Regulatory radio identification” in the Digital Operator’s Manual in the vehicle, on the inter-net and in the app. Regulatory radio identification – Indonesia and Israel Manufacturer information about radio-based vehicle components for Indonesia and Israel can be found using the key phrase “Regulatory radio identification – Indonesia and Israel” in the Digital Operator’s Manual in the vehicle, on the Internet and in the app. These are not small components. Information about small components can be found using the key phrase “Regulatory radio identification of small components”.

Information on installation clearances
Information on installation clearances of wireless vehicle components can be found using the key phrase “Installation clearances” in the Digital Operator’s Manual in the vehicle.

Further component-specific information
Further component-specific information can be found using the key phrase “further component-specific information” in the Digital Operator’s Manual in the vehicle, on the Internet and in the app.

FAQ

Does the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan come with a spare wheel?

Generally, it does not include a traditional spare wheel but is equipped with run-flat tires or a tire repair kit.

What are run-flat tires?

Run-flat tires are designed to remain functional for a short distance even after being punctured, allowing the driver to reach a safe location or service center.

How far can you drive on run-flat tires after a puncture?

Run-flat tires typically allow you to drive for about 50 miles at a reduced speed after a puncture.

What is included in the tire repair kit?

The kit usually includes a tire sealant and a portable air compressor to temporarily fix a flat tire.

Can a traditional spare wheel be added as an option?

Yes, a traditional spare wheel can often be added as an optional accessory.

How does the absence of a spare wheel affect the vehicle’s weight?

Not having a spare wheel reduces the overall weight of the vehicle, potentially improving fuel efficiency.

Is it easy to use the tire repair kit provided with the E-Class Sedan?

The tire repair kit is designed for ease of use, allowing drivers to temporarily fix a flat tire with basic instructions.

What should I do if I get a flat tire and don’t have a spare wheel?

If equipped with run-flat tires, you can drive carefully to a nearby service center; if not, use the tire repair kit or call roadside assistance.

Does the vehicle include a jack and tire-changing tools?

These tools are typically not included if the vehicle comes with run-flat tires or a tire repair kit.

How does the car’s handling change with a run-flat tire after a puncture?

While run-flat tires allow you to keep driving, handling may be affected, and it is advised to drive cautiously.

Can run-flat tires be repaired or do they need to be replaced after a puncture?

Run-flat tires often need to be replaced after a puncture, as repairs are not always possible or safe.

What is the cost of replacing a run-flat tire compared to a standard tire?

Run-flat tires are generally more expensive to replace than standard tires.

How does the tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) work in the E-Class Sedan?

The TPMS alerts the driver if it detects a significant drop in tire pressure, which is crucial for vehicles with run-flat tires.

Are there any special maintenance considerations for run-flat tires?

Regular tire pressure checks and inspections are important, as run-flats may not visibly sag when low on air.

Can the tire sealant in the repair kit expire?

Yes, the tire sealant has an expiration date and should be replaced as recommended.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Emergency User Manual

Emergency

Removing the Safety Vest

The safety vests are located in the stowage compartments in the driver’s and front passenger door.

Pull out the safety vest bag by the loop.
Open the safety vest bag and pull out the safety vest.
There are also safety vest compartments in the rear door stowage compartments in which safety vests can be stored.

Maximum number of washes
Maximum wash temperature
Do not bleach
Do not iron
Do not tumble dry
Do not dry clean
Class 2 safety vest

The requirements defined by the legal standard are fulfilled only if the safety vest is the correct size and is fully closed.

Replace the safety vest in the following cases:

The reflective strips are damaged or dirty
The maximum permissible number of washes is exceeded
The fluorescence has faded, e.g. due to continued exposure to sunlight.

Dispose of the reflective safety jacket in an environmentally responsible manner:

To do so, contact your local waste disposal company.

Warning triangle

Removing the warning triangle

Push both sides of warning triangle holder 1 in the direction of the arrow and open it.
Remove warning triangle 2.

Setting up the warning triangle

Fold side reflectors 1 upwards to form a triangle and attach at the top using upper press-stud 2.
Fold legs 3 down and out to the side.

First-aid kit (soft-sided) overview

First-aid kit (soft-sided) 1 is located on the left or right side of the trunk, depending on the vehicle version.
On vehicles with Burmester® Surround Sound System, a first-aid kit (soft-sided) is located in the trunk when the vehicle is delivered.

Flat tire

Notes on flat tires
WARNING
Risk of accident due to a flat tire
A flat tire severely affects the driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking of the vehicle.

Tires without run-flat characteristics:

Do not drive with a flat tire.
Change the flat tire immediately with an emergency spare wheel or spare wheel. Alternatively, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Tires with run-flat characteristics:

Observe the information and warning notes on MO Extended tires (run-flat tires).

In the event of a flat tire, the following options are available depending on your vehicle’s equipment:

Vehicles with MO Extended tires: it is possible to continue the journey for a short period of time. Make sure you observe the notes on MO Extended tires (run-flat tires)
page 296).
Vehicles with a TIRE FIT kit: you can seal the tire so that it is possible to continue the journey for a short period of time. To do this, use the TIRE FIT kit (/ page 297).
Vehicles with Mercedes I connect: you can make a call for breakdown assistance via the overhead control panel in the case of a breakdown (/ page 259).
All vehicles: change the wheel (/ page 337).% The emergency spare wheel is only available in certain countries.

Notes on MO Extended tires (run-flat tires)

WARNING
Risk of an accident when driving in limp-home mode
When driving in emergency mode the handling characteristics are impaired.

Do not exceed the specified maximum speed of the MOExtended tires.
Avoid any abrupt steering and driving maneuvers as well as driving over obstacles (curbs, potholes, off-road). This applies, in particular, to a loaded vehicle.
Stop driving in emergency mode if you notice:
- Banging noise
- Vehicle vibration
- Smoke that smells like rubber
- Continuous ESP® intervention
- Cracks in the tire side walls
After driving in emergency mode, have the rims checked by a qualified specialist workshop with regard to their further use..
The defective tire must be replaced in every case.

With MO Extended tires (run-flat tires), you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires. However, the affected tire must not show signs of clearly visible damage. You can recognize MO Extended tires by the MOExtended marking which appears on the side wall of the tire. Vehicles with a tire pressure loss warning system: MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunction with an activated tire pressure loss warning system. Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system: MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunction with an activated tire pressure monitoring system.

If a pressure loss warning message appears in the driver’s display, proceed as follows:

Check the tire for damage.
Driving distance possible in emergency mode after the pressure loss warning:
If driving on, observe the following notes.

Load condition	Driving distance possible in emergency mode
Partially laden	50 miles (80 km)
Fully laden	19 miles (30 km)

The driving distance possible in emergency mode may vary depending on the driving style. Observe the maximum permissible speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with an extended tire, you can use a standard tire as a temporary measure.

TIRE FIT kit storage location
The TIRE FIT kit is located under the trunk floor.

Tire sealant bottle
Tire inflation compressor

Depending on the vehicle version, the TIRE FIT kit may also be located in other places under the boot floor.

You can find information on the power category (LK) and/or electrical data on the back of the tire inflation compressor:
R LK2 â€“ 12 V/15 A, 180 W, 1.8 lbs (0.8 kg) At a distance of approximately 3.3 ft (1 m) to the tire inflation compressor and approximately 5.2 ft (1.6 m) above the ground, the following sound pressure levels apply:
R Emissions sound pressure level LPA 83 dB (A)
R Sound power level LWA 91 dB (A)
The tire inflation compressor is maintenance-free. If there is a malfunction, please contact a qualified specialist workshop.

Using the TIRE FIT kit

Requirements

The tire sealant bottle and tire inflator compressor are ready for use (/ page 297).
TIRE FIT sticker is present.
Gloves are present.

You can use TIRE FIT tire sealant to seal perforation damage of up to 0.16 in (4 mm), particularly those in the tire tread. You can use TIRE FIT in out-side temperatures down to -4 Â°F (-20 Â°C).

WARNING
Risk of an accident when using tire sealant

The tire sealant may be unable to seal the tire properly, especially in the following cases:

There are large cuts or punctures in the tire (larger than the damage previously mentioned)
- The wheel rims have been damaged
- After journeys with very low tire pressure or with flat tires
Do not continue driving.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

WARNING
Risk of injury and poisoning from tire sealant

The tire sealant is harmful and causes irritation. Do not allow it to come into contact with the skin, eyes or clothing, and do not swallow it. Do not inhale tire sealant fumes. Keep the tire sealant away from children.

If you come into contact with the tire sealant, observe the following:

Rinse off the tire sealant from your skin immediately using water.
If tire sealant gets into your eyes, thoroughly rinse out the eyes using clean water.
If tire sealant has been swallowed, immediately rinse out the mouth thoroughly and drink plenty of water. Do not induce vomiting and seek medical attention immediately.
Change out of any clothes contaminated with tire sealant immediately.
If allergic reactions occur, seek medical attention immediately.

NOTE
Overheating due to the tire inflation compressor running too long

Do not run the tire inflation compressor for longer than ten minutes without interruption.

Comply with the manufacturer’s safety notes on the sticker on the tire inflation compressor.
Have the tire sealant bottle replaced in a qualified specialist workshop every five years?

Do not remove any foreign objects that have entered the tire.

Affix part 1 of the TIRE FIT sticker to the instrument cluster within the driver’s field of vision.
Affix part 2 of the TIRE FIT sticker near the valve on the wheel with the defective tire.

Pull plug 4 with the cable and hose 5 out of the tire inflation compressor housing.
Push the plug of hose 5 into flange 6 of tire sealant bottle 1 until the plug engages.
Place tire sealant bottle 1 head downwards into recess 2 of the tire inflation compressor.

Remove the valve cap from valve 7 on the faulty tire.
Screw filling hose 8 onto valve 7.
Insert plug 4 into a 12â€‘Vâ€‘socket in your vehicle.
Switch on the vehicle.
Switch on the tire inflation compressor using the On/Off switch 3.
The tire is inflated. First, tire sealant is pumped into the tire. The pressure may briefly rise to approximately 500 kPa (5.0 bar/73 psi).

Do not switch off the tire inflation compressor during this phase!

Let the tire inflation compressor run for a maximum of ten minutes.
The tire should then have attained a tire pressure of at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi).

If tire sealant leaks out, make sure you clean the affected area as quickly as possible. It is preferable to use clean water.
If you get tire sealant on your clothing, have it cleaned as soon as possible with perchloroethylene.
If, after ten minutes, a tire pressure of 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi) has not been attained:

Switch off the tire inflation compressor.
Unscrew the filling hose from the valve of the defective tire.
Please note that tire sealant may leak out when unscrewing the filling hose.
Drive forward or in reverse very slowly for approximately 33 ft (10 m).
Pump up the tire again.
After a maximum of ten minutes, the tire pressure must be at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi).

WARNING
Risk of accident due to the specified tire pressure not being achieved

If the specified tire pressure is not achieved after the specified time, the tire is too badly damaged. The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance.
The braking characteristics as well as the driving characteristics may be greatly impaired.

Do not continue driving.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

If, after ten minutes, a tire pressure of 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi) has been attained:

Switch off the tire inflation compressor.
Unscrew the filling hose from the valve of the defective tire.

+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental pollution caused by environmentally irresponsible disposal

Tire sealant contains pollutants.

Has the tire sealant bottle been disposed of professionally, e.g. at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center?
Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire inflation compressor.
Pull away immediately.
Stop driving after approximately ten minutes and check the tire pressure using the tire inflation compressor.
The tire pressure must now be at least 130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).

WARNING
Risk of accident due to the specified tire pressure not being attained If the specified tire pressure is not reached, the tire is too badly damaged. The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance.

The braking and driving characteristics may be greatly impaired:

Do not continue driving.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

In cases such as the one mentioned above, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).
Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least 130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). See the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B‑pillar on the driver’s side or the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flap for values.

To increase the tire pressure: switch on the tire inflation compressor.

To reduce the tire pressure: press pressure
release button 1 next to manometer 2.

When the tire pressure is correct, unscrew the filling hose from the valve of the sealed tire.
Screw the valve cap onto the valve of the sealed tire.
Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire inflation compressor.

The filling hose stays on the tire sealant bottle:

Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop and have the tire, tire sealant bottle, and filling hose replaced there.

Mercedes-Benz 2023 Top Accessories

[amalinkspro_table id=”32446″ new-window=”on” nofollow=”on” addtocart=”off” /]

Reference Links

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

What emergency services are included with the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The E-Class Sedan includes Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call Service, which automatically contacts emergency services in case of a serious collision.

Does the vehicle have airbags for occupant protection?

Yes, it is equipped with a comprehensive airbag system including front, side, and overhead airbags.

Is there an automatic collision notification feature?

Yes, the vehicle automatically notifies emergency services in the event of a significant collision.

What driver assistance features help in emergency situations?

Features like active brake assist, attention assist, and blind-spot assist aid in preventing accidents and enhancing driver awareness.

Does the E-Class Sedan have a roadside assistance program?

Mercedes-Benz offers roadside assistance services for the E-Class Sedan, providing help for breakdowns or mechanical issues.

How does the active brake assist function in emergencies?

Active brake assist helps to prevent collisions by automatically applying the brakes if it detects an imminent collision.

Is there a way to manually call for emergency assistance?

Yes, the vehicle includes an SOS button for manually initiating a call to emergency services.

What should be done in case of an engine breakdown?

In an engine breakdown, safely pull over, turn on hazard lights, and contact Mercedes-Benz roadside assistance.

Does the car have a first aid kit?

Most Mercedes-Benz vehicles come with a first aid kit, but it’s best to confirm for the specific E-Class model.

How does attention assist help in emergency situations?

Attention assist monitors the driver’s behavior for signs of drowsiness or inattention and alerts them to take a break if needed.

Are there any specific emergency features for highway driving?

Features like adaptive cruise control and lane-keeping assist are particularly useful for highway driving emergencies.

What emergency features are available for city driving?

In city driving, features like pedestrian detection and city-speed brake assist are particularly beneficial.

Does the vehicle include a fire extinguisher?

A fire extinguisher is not standard but can be added as an accessory or part of a safety package.

How are emergency services contacted overseas?

The Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call Service is designed to contact local emergency services based on the vehicle’s location.

What is the process for emergency door unlocking?

In an emergency, doors can be unlocked manually or automatically upon airbag deployment.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Tow Starting or Away Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Tow Starting

With its cutting-edge engineering and complex technologies, the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan is not the best vehicle to start a tow or be towed in the traditional sense. The car has sophisticated technological systems and an automated transmission, which could be harmed by towing. It’s important to follow the manufacturer’s instructions if the E-Class Sedan needs to be relocated without the engine running, like in the event of a breakdown or battery failure. When utilizing a flatbed tow service, Mercedes-Benz usually advises against damaging the drivetrain, gearbox, or electrical components. This method complies with the exacting standards of upkeep and care that a high-end car like as the E-Class Sedan requires while guaranteeing the safety and integrity of the car’s intricate parts.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Tow Starting or Towing Away

Permitted towing methods (not plug-in hybrid)
Damage from automatic braking

If one of the following functions is activated, the vehicle will brake automatically in certain situations:

Active Brake Assist
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
HOLD function
Active Parking Assist

To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate these systems in the following or similar situations:

During towing.
In a car wash.

Mercedes-Benz recommends transporting your vehicle in the case of a breakdown, rather than towing it away. For towing with both axles on the ground, use a tow rope or tow rod. Do not use tow bar systems.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle due to towing away incorrectly

Observe the instructions and notes on towing away.

Vehicles with rear-wheel drive

Permitted towing methods
Both axles on the ground	Yes, for a maximum of 31 miles (50 km) at 31 mph (50 km/h)
Front axle raised	No
Rear axle raised	Yes, if the steering wheel is fixed in the centre position with a steering wheel lock

MATIC vehicles

Permitted towing methods
Both axles on the ground	Yes, for a maximum of 31 miles (50 km) at 31 mph (50 km/h)
Front axle raised	No
Rear axle raised	No

Towing with a raised axle: towing should be performed by a towing company.

Towing the vehicle with both axles on the ground:

Observe the notes on the permitted towing methods.
Make sure that the battery is connected and charged.

Observe the following points when the battery is discharged:

The vehicle cannot be started.
The electric parking brake cannot be released or applied
Vehicles with automatic transmission: the transmission cannot be shifted to position i or j.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: if the transmission cannot be shifted to position or if the display does not show anything, transport the vehicle. A towing vehicle with lifting equipment is required for vehicle transportation.

NOTE
Damage due to towing away at excessively high speeds or over long distances The drivetrain could be damaged when towing at excessively high speeds or over long distances.

A towing speed of 30 mph (50 km/h) must not be exceeded.
A towing distance of 30 miles (50 km) must not be exceeded.

WARNING
Risk of an accident when towing a vehicle that is too heavy.

If the vehicle to be tow-started or towed away is heavier than the permissible gross mass of your vehicle, the following situations can occur:

The towing eye may become detached.
The vehicle/trailer combination may swerve or rollover.
Before tow-starting or towing away, check if the vehicle to be tow-started or towed away exceeds the permissible gross mass.

If a vehicle has to be tow-started or towed away, its permissible gross mass must not exceed the permissible gross mass of the towing vehicle.

Information on the permissible gross mass of the vehicle can be found on the vehicle identification plate.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: do not open the driver’s door or front passenger door; the transmission otherwise automatically shifts to position j.
Install the towing eye.
Fasten the towing device.

NOTE
Damage due to incorrect connection of the tow bar.

Only connect the tow rope or tow bar to the towing eyes.
Deactivate the automatic locking mechanism
Do not activate the HOLD function.
Deactivate the tow-away alarm.
Deactivate Active Brake Assist.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift to the position.
Release the electric parking brake.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to limited safety-related functions during the towing process

Safety-related functions are limited or no longer available in the following situations:

The vehicle is switched off.
The brake system or power steering system is malfunctioning.
The energy supply or the onboard electrical system is malfunctioning.

When your vehicle is towed away, significantly more effort may be required to steer and brake than is normally required.

Use a tow bar.
Make sure that the steering wheel can move freely before towing the vehicle away.

NOTE
Damage due to excessive tractive power If you pull away sharply, the tractive power may be too high and the vehicles could be damaged.

Pull away slowly and smoothly.

Loading the Vehicle for Transport

Observe the notes on towing away.
Connect the towing device to the towing eye to load the vehicle.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift the automatic transmission to the position.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: the automatic transmission may be locked in position j in the event of damage to the electrical system. To shift to i, provide the on-board electrical system with power.
Load the vehicle onto the transporter.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift the automatic transmission to position.
Use the electric parking brake to secure the vehicle against rolling away.
Only secure the vehicle by the wheels. Vehicles with ADS PLUS (Adaptive Damping System PLUS)

WARNING
Risk of an accident when transporting vehicles with Adaptive Damping System PLUS When transporting vehicles with Adaptive Damping System PLUS, the vehicle/trailer combination may begin to rock and start to skid.

Load the vehicle correctly onto the transporter.
Secure the vehicle on all four wheels with suitable tensioning straps.
Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 35 mph (60 km/h) when transporting.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle from securing it incorrectly

After loading, the vehicle must be secured on all four wheels. Otherwise, the vehicle could be damaged.
A minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm) upwards and 4 in (10 cm) downwards must be kept to the transport platform.
Secure the vehicle on all four wheels after
loading.

4MATIC vehicles/vehicles with automatic transmission

Make sure that the front and rear axles come to rest on the same transportation vehicle.

NOTE
Damage to the drive train due to incorrect positioning of the vehicle

Do not position the vehicle above the connection point of the transport vehicle.

Towing eye storage location
The towing eye is located under the trunk floor.% Depending on the vehicle version, the towing eye is in a different position in the boot.

Installing and removing the towing eye

Press the mark on cover 1 inwards and remove.
Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far as it will go and tighten.
After removing the towing eye, snap cover 1 into the bumper.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle due to incorrect use of the towing eye When recovering the vehicle by towing it out using the towing eye, the vehicle may be damaged.

Use the towing eye only for towing or unhooking the vehicle.
Do not use the towing eye for towing out during recovery.

Tow-starting the vehicle
Vehicles with automatic transmission

NOTE
Damage to the automatic transmission due to tow starting

The automatic transmission may be damaged in the process of tow-starting vehicles with automatic transmissions.

Vehicles with automatic transmissions must not be tow-started.

FAQ

Can the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan be towed?

No, tow starting is not recommended due to the automatic transmission and complex electronic systems.

What is the recommended method for towing the E-Class Sedan?

The recommended method is to use a flatbed tow truck to prevent damage to the vehicle.

Can the E-Class Sedan be towed with its front wheels on the ground?

Towing with the front wheels on the ground is not advised as it can damage the transmission and drivetrain.

What precautions should be taken before towing the E-Class Sedan?

Engage the parking brake, put the car in neutral, and ensure all electronic systems are turned off.

Is it safe to tow the E-Class Sedan over long distances?

For long distances, it’s safest to use a flatbed tow truck.

How does towing affect the vehicle’s warranty?

Improper towing can void certain aspects of the warranty, especially if it leads to mechanical damage.

Can I tow a trailer with the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It depends on the specific model and its towing capacity. Consult the owner’s manual for guidelines.

What should I do if the E-Class Sedan breaks down and needs towing?

Contact a professional towing service and inform them that the vehicle requires flatbed towing.

Are there any special tow hooks or points on the E-Class Sedan?

The vehicle is equipped with designated towing points, which should be used for towing to prevent damage.

Can the E-Class Sedan be towed in a parking position?

No, towing in a parking position can damage the transmission. The vehicle should be in neutral during towing.

How does the electronic parking brake affect towing?

The electronic parking brake must be disengaged before towing to prevent damage.

What is the maximum towing speed for the E-Class Sedan?

If towing is necessary, it should be done at low speeds, preferably not exceeding 30 mph.

How does towing impact the electronic systems of the E-Class Sedan?

Towing, especially if not done properly, can adversely affect the vehicle’s electronic systems.

Is there a specific towing service recommended by Mercedes-Benz?

Mercedes-Benz may recommend specific towing services or providers; it’s best to check with a local dealer.

Can the car be towed if it has a flat tire?

Towing with a flat tire should be done with caution and preferably on a flatbed to avoid further damage.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Electrical Fuses Quick Reference Guide

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Electrical Fuses

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a high-end vehicle that features a range of electrical components that require protection against electrical faults and short circuits. The car has a fuse box that houses its electrical fuses, which safeguard various electrical components against electrical surges and other forms of electrical damage. The fuse box is conveniently located in the engine compartment and is easily accessible for maintenance purposes. The fuses are colour-coded based on their amperage rating and are designed to blow when the electrical current exceeds their rated amperage, thereby preventing damage to the electrical components. The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 has several advanced electrical components, including the COMAND infotainment system, the digital instrument cluster, and the advanced driver assistance systems. To ensure that these systems operate reliably and safely, it is crucial to maintain the car’s electrical fuses and replace any blown fuses immediately. This guide offers responses to frequently asked questions about the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 electrical fuses, providing details on the fuse box’s location, the different types of fuses used, and how to identify and replace blown fuses.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Electrical Fuses

Notes on elect6rical fuses

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury due to overloaded lines

If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if you replace it with a fuse with a higher amperage, the electric line could be overloaded.
This could result in a fire.

Always replace faulty fuses with specified new fuses containing the correct amperage.

NOTE
Damage due to incorrect fuses Using incorrect fuses can result in damage to electrical components or systems or their functions being considerably restricted.

Use only fuses approved for Mercedes-Benz with the respective specified fuse rating.

Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating, which you can recognize by the colour and the label. The fuse ratings and further information to be observed can be found in the fuse assignment diagram. Fuse assignment diagram: on the fuse box in the trunk.

NOTE
Damage or malfunctions caused by moisture Moisture may cause damage to the electrical system or cause it to malfunction.

When the fuse box is open, make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box.
When closing the fuse box, make sure that the seal of the lid is positioned correctly on the fuse box

If a newly inserted fuse also blows, have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified specialist workshop.

Ensure the following before replacing a fuse:

The vehicle is secured against rolling away. R All electrical consumers are switched off.
The vehicle is switched off.

The electrical fuses are located in various fuse boxes:

Fuse box in the engine compartment on the driver’s side
Fuse box on the driver’s side of the cockpit
Fuse box in the front passenger footwell
Fuse box in the trunk on the right-hand side of the vehicle, when viewed in the direction of travel

Opening and closing the fuse box in the engine compartment

A dry cloth and a screwdriver are available. Observe the notes on electrical fuses.

Opening
Risk of injury from using the windshield wipers when the hood is open If the windshield wipers start moving when the hood is open, you could be trapped by the wiper linkage.

Always switch off the windshield wipers and the vehicle first if you need to open the hood.

Open the hood.
Turn clips 2 on cover 1 a quarter-turn to counter-clockwise.
Pull cover 1 up.

Remove any existing moisture from the fuse box using a dry cloth.
Loosen screws 4 and remove fuse box lid 3 from the top.

Closing

Check whether the seal is positioned correctly in lid 3.
Insert lid 3 into the bracket at the rear of the fuse box.
Fold down lid 3 of the fuse box and tighten screws 4.
Insert cover 1 on both sides.
Turn clips 2 on cover 1 a quarter-turn clockwise.
Close the hood.

Opening and closing the fuse box in the cockpit

R Observe the notes on electrical fuses.

The fuse box is on the driver’s side on the side of the cockpit under a cover.

Mercedes-Benz recommends you have the Opening and closing the fuse box in the front passenger footwell

Observe the notes on electrical fuses.

To open: open cover 1 in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
To close: reinsert cover 1.

Opening and closing the fuse box in the trunk

Observe the notes on electrical fuses.

Fold cover 1 down in the direction of the arrow.
The fuse assignment diagram is in a recess on the side of the fuse box.

Notes on noise or unusual handling characteristics
Make sure there are no vibrations, noises or unusual handling characteristics when the vehicle is in motion. This may indicate that the wheels or tires are damaged. Hidden tire damage could also be causing the unusual handling characteristics. If you suspect that a tire is defective, reduce your speed immediately and have the tires and wheels checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and tires
Risk of injury through damaged tires Damaged tires can cause tire pressure loss.

Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately.

WARNING
Risk of hydroplaning due to insufficient tire tread Insufficient tire tread will result in reduced tire grip. In heavy rain or slush the risk of hydroplaning is increased, in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the conditions.

Thus, you should regularly check the tread depth and the condition of the tread across the entire width of all tires.

Minimum tread depth for:

Summer tires: â in (3 mm)
M+S tires: ãin (4 mm)
For safety reasons, replace the tires before the legally prescribed limit for the minimum tread depth is reached.

Carry out the following checks on all wheels regularly, at least once a month or as required, for example, before a long journey or driving off-road:

Check the tire pressure.
Visually inspect wheels and tires for damage. R Check the valve caps.
Visual check of the tire tread depth and the tire contact surface across the entire width.

The minimum tread depth for summer tires is â in (3 mm) and for winter tires ã in (4 mm).

Six marks 1 shows where the bar indicators (arrow) are integrated into the tire tread. They are visible once a tire tread depth of approximately Ã¡ in (1.6 mm) has been reached.

Notes on Snow Chains
Risk of accident due to incorrectly installed snow chains. If you have installed snow chains on the front wheels, they may drag against the vehicle body or chassis components.

Never install snow chains on the front wheels.
Only install snow chains on the rear wheels in pairs.

NOTE
Damage to components of the vehicle body or chassis due to mounted snow chains If you mount snow chains to the front wheels of 4MATIC vehicles, you may damage components of the vehicle body or chassis.

Only mount snow chains to the rear wheels of 4MATIC vehicles.
Observe the following notes when using snow chains:
Snow chains are only permissible for certain wheel/tire combinations. You can obtain information about this from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Service Center.
For safety reasons, only use snow chains that have been specifically approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or snow chains with the same quality standard.
Comply with the installation instructions of the snow chain manufacturer.
If snow chains are installed, the maximum permissible speed is 30 mph (50 km/h).
Vehicles with Active Parking Assist: do not use Active Parking Assist when snow chains are installed.
Vehicles with level control: if snow chains are installed, only drive at the raised vehicle level.

You can deactivate ESP® to pull away. This allows the wheels to spin, achieving an increased driving force.

FAQ

What are the electrical fuses in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
Electrical fuses are protective devices designed to protect the car’s electrical components from electrical faults and short circuits.

Where is the fuse box located in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The fuse box is located in the engine compartment of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023.

What is the purpose of a fuse box in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The fuse box houses the car’s electrical fuses, which protect various electrical components from electrical surges and other forms of electrical damage.

How many types of fuses are used in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 uses several types of fuses, including mini, micro, and standard-sized fuses.

How do I identify a blown fuse in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
A blown fuse can be identified by checking the metal filament inside the fuse. If the filament is broken or melted, the fuse is blown.

What is the amperage rating of the fuses used in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The fuses used in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 have different amperage ratings, ranging from 5A to 40A.

How can I replace a blown fuse in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
To replace a blown fuse in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023, locate the fuse box in the engine compartment, identify the blown fuse, and replace it with a new fuse of the same amperage rating.

Can I use a higher amperage fuse than what is recommended for a particular component in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
No, it is not recommended to use a higher amperage fuse than what is recommended for a particular component in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 as it can cause electrical damage.

What should I do if a fuse keeps blowing in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
If a fuse keeps blowing in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023, it may indicate a problem with the electrical component or wiring. It is recommended to consult a certified technician for proper diagnosis and repair.

Can I use a fuse of a different rating in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
No, it is not recommended to use a fuse of a different rating in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 as it can cause electrical damage.

Can I replace a fuse myself in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
Yes, you can replace a fuse yourself in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023, but it is recommended to follow the manufacturer’s guidelines and use the appropriate fuse and tools.

How often should I check the electrical fuses in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
It is recommended to check the electrical fuses in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 at least once a year or before long trips.

Are there any safety precautions to follow when working with electrical fuses in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
Yes, it is recommended to follow safety precautions when working with electrical fuses, such as wearing protective gear and disconnecting the battery before working on the fuses.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Battery Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Battery

A complex battery system powers the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan’s cutting-edge electronics and drivetrain. Depending on the model, the E-Class can have a 48-volt mild hybrid system, which improves fuel economy and adds extra power for the vehicle’s electrical systems, or a more sophisticated design with a standard 12-volt battery. When available, this hybrid technology provides better overall performance, smoother start-stop functionality, and increased fuel efficiency. The battery is positioned to distribute weight as efficiently as possible, which helps the car handle and ride smoothly. In order to guarantee the lifetime and dependability of the car’s electrical systems, regular maintenance and proper battery care are crucial, representing Mercedes-Benz’s dedication to innovation and quality in automotive engineering.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Battery (Vehicle)

Notes on the 12 V battery

WARNING
Risk of an accident due to work carried out incorrectly on the battery.
Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can, for example, lead to a short circuit. This can restrict functions relevant to safety systems and impair the operating safety of your vehicle.

You could lose control of the vehicle in the following situations in particular:

When braking
In the event of abrupt steering manoeuvres and/or when the vehicle’s speed is not adapted to the road conditions
- In the event of a short circuit or a similar incident, contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
- Do not drive on.
- Always have work on the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop.
Further information on ABS
Further information on ESP®

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use only batteries that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.
All vehicles except vehicles with a lithium-ion battery.

WARNING
Risk of explosion due to electrostatic charge that may have built up, touching the metal vehicle body before handling the battery. The highly flammable gas mixture is created while the battery is charging and during starting assistance.

WARNING
The danger of chemical burns from battery acid

Battery acid is caustic:

Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing.
Do not lean over the battery.
Do not inhale battery gases.
Keep children away from the battery.
Immediately rinse battery acid off thoroughly with plenty of clean water and seek medical attention immediately.

All vehicles
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental damage due to improper disposal of batteries

Batteries contain pollutants. It is illegal to dispose of them with household rubbish.
Dispose of batteries in an environmentally responsible manner.
Take discharged batteries to a qualified specialist workshop or to a collection point for used batteries.
If you have to disconnect the 12 V battery, contact a qualified specialist workshop.
Comply with safety notes and take protective measures when handling batteries.
Risk of explosion if the 12 V battery is used improperly.
Fire, naked flames, and smoking are prohibited when you are handling the battery. Avoid creating sparks.
Electrolyte or battery acid is corrosive. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Wear suitable protective clothing, in particular gloves, an apron, and a face mask.
Immediately rinse electrolyte or acid splashes off with clean water. Consult a doctor immediately.
Do not place heavy objects on the surface of the battery or use the battery to support a person in any way.
Wear safety glasses.
Keep children away.
Observe this Operator’s Manual.

Observe the following if you do not intend to use the vehicle over an extended period:

Non-plug-in hybrid: switch to standby mode.
Alternatively: connect the battery to a battery charger approved by Mercedes-Benz or consult a qualified specialist workshop to disconnect the battery.

Notes on starting assistance and charging the 12 V battery

All vehicles
When charging the battery and during starting assistance, always use the jump-start connection point in the engine compartment.

NOTE
Damage to the battery due to overvoltage

WARNING
Risk of explosion due to the ignition of hydrogen gas If there is a short circuit or sparks are created, there is a danger of hydrogen gas igniting when you charge the battery.

Make sure that the POSITIVE terminal of the connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts.
Never place metal objects or tools on a battery.
When connecting and disconnecting the battery, always observe the sequence of battery terminals described.
During starting assistance, always take care to connect only battery terminals of identical polarity.
During starting assistance, observe the sequence described for connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables.
Do not connect or disconnect the battery terminals with the engine running.

WARNING
Risk of explosion due to a mixture of explosive gases A mixture of explosive gases can escape from the battery during charging and jump-starting.

Fire, open flames, smoking, and creating sparks must be avoided.
Make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.
Do not stand over the battery.

WARNING
Risk of explosion from a frozen battery A discharged battery may freeze at temperatures slightly above or below the freezing point. During starting assistance or battery charging, battery gas can be released.

Always allow a battery to thaw before charging it or performing starting assistance.

If the indicator/warning lamps on the instrument cluster do not light up at low temperatures, the discharged battery has likely frozen. In this case, you may neither jump-start the vehicle nor charge the battery. The service life of a battery that has been thawed may be dramatically shortened. The starting characteristics may be impaired, especially at low temperatures. It is recommended that you have a thawed battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
All vehicles

NOTE
Damage is caused by numerous or extended attempts to start the engine. Numerous or extended attempts to start the engine may damage the catalytic converter due to non-combusted fuel.

Avoid numerous and extended attempts

Observe the following points during starting assistance and when charging the battery:

Use only undamaged jumper cables/charging cables with a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminal clamps.
Non-insulated parts of the terminal clamps must not come into contact with other metal parts while the jumper cable/charging cable is connected to the battery/jump-start connection point.
The jumper cable/charging cable must not come into contact with any parts that may move when the engine is running.
Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatically charged.
Keep away from fire and naked flames.
Do not lean over the battery.

Observe the additional following points when charging the battery:

Use only battery chargers tested and approved for Mercedes-Benz.
Read the battery charger’s operating instructions before charging the battery.

Observe the additional following points during starting assistance:

Starting assistance may be provided only using vehicles, batteries, or other jump-start devices with a nominal voltage of 12 V.
R The vehicles must not touch.
R Vehicles with gasoline engines: jump-start the vehicle only when the engine and exhaust system are cold.

Starting assistance and charging the 12 V battery:

Requirements:

The vehicle is secured with the electric parking brake.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: the transmission is in position j.
The vehicle and all electrical consumers are switched off.
The hood is open.

Example: engine compartment

Slide cover 1 of POSITIVE contact 2 on the jump-starting connection point in the direction of the arrow.
Connect POSITIVE contact 2 on your vehicle to the positive terminal of the donor battery using the jumper cable/charging cable.
Always begin with POSITIVE contact 2 on your own vehicle.
During starting assistance: start the engine of the donor vehicle and leave it running at idle speed.
Connect the negative terminal of the donor battery and ground point 3 of your own vehicle by using the jumper cable/charging cable. Begin with the donor battery.
During starting assistance: start the engine of your own vehicle.
During the charging process: start the charging process.
During starting assistance: leave the engines running for several minutes.
During starting assistance: before disconnecting the jumper cable, switch on an electrical consumer on your own vehicle, e.g. the rear window defroster or lighting.

When the starting assistance/charging process is complete, perform the following steps:

First, remove the jumper cable/charging cable from ground point 3 and the negative terminal of the donor battery, then POSITIVE contact 2 and the positive terminal of the donor battery. Begin each time with the contacts on your own vehicle.
After removing the jumper cable/charging cable, close cover 1 of POSITIVE contact 2.

Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop.

Replacing the 12 V battery

Observe the notes on the 12 V battery.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the 12 V battery replaced at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Observe the following notes if you want to replace the battery yourself:

Always replace a faulty battery with a battery that meets the specific vehicle requirements.

The vehicle is equipped with a battery using AGM (Absorbent Glass Mat) technology or a lithium-ion battery. Full vehicle functionality is guaranteed only with an AGM battery or lithium-ion battery. For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use only batteries that have been tested and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

Carry over detachable parts, such as vent hoses, elbow fitting, or terminal covers from the battery being replaced.
Make sure that the vent hose is always connected to the original opening on the side of the battery.

Install any existing or supplied cell caps. Otherwise, gases or battery acid could escape.

R Make sure that detachable parts are reconnected in the same way.

FAQ

What type of battery is used in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It typically uses a 12-volt battery, with mild-hybrid models incorporating a 48-volt system.

Is the battery in the E-Class user-replaceable?

While technically possible, battery replacement is best done by a professional due to the complexity of modern car electronics.

How long does the battery last in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The battery life varies, but typically lasts several years depending on usage and maintenance.

Does the E-Class Sedan feature a start-stop system?

Yes, it includes a start-stop system which is supported by the battery, especially in mild-hybrid models.

Can the battery in the E-Class be charged externally?

The standard 12-volt battery cannot, but the 48-volt system in mild-hybrid models is self-charging via the vehicle’s regenerative braking system.

What are the benefits of the 48-volt mild-hybrid system?

It provides better fuel efficiency, smoother start-stop operation, and additional power for onboard electronics.

How does the battery affect the vehicle’s performance?

A well-functioning battery ensures optimal performance of electrical components and assists with the overall efficiency of the vehicle.

What are the signs of a failing battery in the E-Class?

Signs include difficulty in starting the engine, dimming headlights, and reduced performance of electrical components.

How is the battery maintained in the E-Class Sedan?

Regular checks, clean terminals, and ensuring proper charging are key to maintaining the battery.

Is there a warning system for battery health?

The vehicle’s onboard computer system will alert the driver if there are any issues with the battery.

Does cold weather affect the battery performance?

Yes, extreme cold can impact battery performance, requiring more power to start the engine.

How does the E-Class Sedan manage battery charging?

The car’s electrical system manages charging, ensuring the battery is maintained at an optimal level.

Can battery issues impact the infotainment system?

Yes, a weak or failing battery can affect the performance of the infotainment and other electronic systems.

What should be done if the battery is completely discharged?

If the battery is discharged, it will need to be recharged or jump-started; however, it’s recommended to consult with a professional.

Are there special considerations for the battery in hybrid E-Class models?

Hybrid models require specific maintenance and handling due to the complexity of the hybrid system.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Engine Compartment Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Engine Compartment

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan’s engine compartment, which houses a variety of cutting-edge powertrains designed for efficiency and performance, is a monument to the brand’s engineering skill. Offering a range of engine options from powerful four-cylinders to more powerful six-cylinder and V8 models, some with mild hybrid technology, the E-Class provides a thrilling driving experience. Mercedes-Benz’s dedication to quality and precision is also evident in this well-designed compartment, which has parts thoughtfully placed for maximum performance and simplicity of maintenance. The efficient insulation reduces noise, demonstrating attention to detail, and the incorporation of cutting-edge cooling technologies guarantees reliable performance in a range of driving scenarios. Overall, Mercedes-Benz’s mastery of automotive engineering is on display in the engine compartment of the 2023 E-Class Sedan, which harmoniously combines power, innovation, and dependability.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Engine Compartment

Opening and closing the hood
Risk of accident due to driving with the hood unlocked

The hood may open and block your view.

Never release the hood when driving.
Before every trip, ensure that the hood is locked.

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury when opening and closing the hood The hood may suddenly drop into the end position. There is a risk of injury for anyone in the hood’s range of movement.

Do not open or close the hood if there is a person in the hood’s range of movement.

WARNING
Risk of burns when opening the hood. If you open the hood in the event of an over-heated engine or fire in the engine compartment, the following situations may occur:

You may come into contact with hot gases.
You may come into contact with other escaping hot operating fluids.
Before opening the hood, allow the engine to cool down.
In the event of a fire in the engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call the fire service.

WARNING
Risk of injury due to moving parts Components in the engine compartment may continue to run or start unexpectedly even when the drive system is switched off.

Observe the following if you must open the hood:

Switch off the vehicle.
Never touch the danger zones surrounding moving components, e.g. the rotation area of the fan.
Remove jewellery and watches.
Keep items of clothing and hair away from moving parts.

WARNING
Risk of injury from touching live components The ignition system and the fuel injection system operate with a high voltage. You could receive an electric shock.

Never touch components of the ignition system or fuel injection system when the vehicle is switched on.

The live components include the following, for example:

Ignition coils
Fuel injectors
Electric lines to the ignition coils and the fuel injectors

WARNING
Risk of burns from hot parts in the engine compartment
Certain parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler, and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch parts described in the following.

WARNING
Risk of injury from using the windshield wipers when the hood is open If the windshield wipers start moving when the hood is open, you could be trapped by the wiper linkage. Always switch off the windshield wipers and the vehicle first if you need to open the hood.

Opening the hood

To release the hood, pull on handle 1.

Push handle 2 of the hood catch upwards and lift the hood until it opens automatically.

Closing the hood

Lower the hood to a height of around 8 in (20 cm) and then allow it to fall, applying a little force as you let it go.
If the hood can still be lifted slightly, open the hood again and close it with a little more force until it engages correctly.

Engine oil
Checking the engine oil level using the oil dipstick

WARNING
Risk of burns from hot parts in the engine compartment

Certain parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch parts described in the following.

Requirements

The engine has an oil dipstick. If not, the engine oil level can be checked only with the on-board computer.

Depending on the engine, the oil dipstick may be installed in the engine compartment in different locations. The waiting time before checking the oil level when the engine is at normal operating temperature is five minutes.

Park the vehicle on a level surface
Pull oil dipstick 1 out and wipe off.
Slowly slide oil dipstick 1 into the guide tube as far as it will go and pull it out again after approximately three seconds.
Oil level is correct: oil level is between 2 and 3.
Oil level too low: oil level is at 3 or below.
Oil level too high: oil level is above 2.
If the oil level is too low, add 1.1 US qt (1 liter) of engine oil.
If the oil level is too high, drain off excess engine oil. Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Checking the engine oil level using the on-board computer

The engine has been warmed up.
The vehicle is parked on a level surface. R The engine is running at idle speed.
The hood is closed.

The engine oil level is determined during driving. Determining the engine oil level can take up to 30 minutes with a normal driving style and even longer with an active driving style.

On-board computer:
4 Service 5 Engine Oil Level One of the following messages will appear on the instrument display:

Measuring Engine Oil Level measurement of oil level is not yet possible.
Repeat the request after a maximum of 30 minutes of driving.
Engine Oil Level OK and the bar display for indicating the oil level on the instrument display is green and is between “min” and “max”: the oil level is correct.
R Engine Oil Level Add 1,1 qts. and the bar display for indicating the oil level on the instrument display is orange and is below “min”:
Add 1.1 US qt (1 l) of engine oil. Reduce Engine Oil Level and the bar display for indicating the oil level on the instrument display is orange and is above “max”:
Drain off any excess engine oil that has been added. To do so, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
For Engine Oil Level Switch Ignition On
Switch on the vehicle to check the engine oil level.
Engine Oil Level System Inoperative: The oil level sensor is defective or not connected.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Engine Oil Level System Currently Unavail.

Close the hood.

Adding engine oil
Risk of burns from hot parts in the engine compartment Certain parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch parts described in the following.

WARNING
Risk of fire and injury from engine oil If engine oil comes into contact with hot parts in the engine compartment, it may ignite.

Make sure that no engine oil is spilt next to the filler opening.
Allow the engine to cool off and thoroughly clean the engine oil from parts before starting the vehicle.

NOTE
Engine damage caused by an incorrect oil filter, incorrect oil or additives

Do not use engine oils or oil filters which do not correspond to the specifications explicitly prescribed for the service intervals.
Follow the instructions on the service interval display for changing the engine oil and observe the prescribed change intervals.
Do not use additives.

NOTE
Damage caused by refilling too much engine oil can damage the engine or the catalytic converter.

Have excess engine oil removed at a qualified specialist workshop.

Depending on driving style, the vehicle consumes up to 0.9 US qt (0.8 litres) of oil per 600 miles (1,000 km). The oil consumption may also be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds.

Turn cap 1 counter-clockwise and remove it.
Add engine oil.
Replace cap 1 and turn it clockwise until it engages.
Check the oil level again.

Checking the coolant level
Risk of burns from hot component parts in the engine compartment Certain component parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch component parts described in the following.

WARNING
Risk of scalding from hot coolant
If you open the cap, you could be scalded.

Let the motor cool down before opening the cap.
When opening the cap, wear protective gloves and safety glasses.
Open the cap slowly to release pressure.

Park the vehicle on a level surface.
Check the coolant temperature display on the instrument display.
The coolant temperature must be in the bottom quarter of the temperature indicator.
Slowly turn cap 1 counter-clockwise to release overpressure.
Continue turning cap 1 counter-clockwise and remove it.

The coolant level is correct in the following cases:

If the engine is cold, the coolant is up to marker bar 2.
If the engine is warm, the coolant is up to 0.6 in (1.5 cm) over marker bar 2.
If necessary, refill with coolant that has been approved for Mercedes-Benz.
Further information on coolant.

Adding washer fluid to the windshield washer system
Adding washer fluid to the windshield washer system parts in the engine compartment Certain parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch the parts described in the following.

WARNING

Risk of fire and injury from windshield washer concentrate

Windshield washer concentrate is highly flammable. It could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine parts or the exhaust system.

Make sure that no windshield washer concentrate spills out next to the filler opening.
Remove cap 1 by the tab.
Add washer fluid.
Further information about the windshield washer fluid.

Keeping the air/water duct free

Keep the area between the hood and the windshield free of deposits, e.g. ice, snow or leaves.

FAQ

What engine options are available for the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The 2023 E-Class Sedan offers a range of engines, including four-cylinder, six-cylinder, and V8 options, with some featuring mild-hybrid technology.

Is there a hybrid engine option for the E-Class Sedan?

Yes, the E-Class lineup includes hybrid models for enhanced fuel efficiency and performance.

What is the horsepower range for the 2023 E-Class engines?

The horsepower varies depending on the engine, ranging from efficient four-cylinders to powerful V8s.

Does the E-Class Sedan have a turbocharged engine?

Yes, many of the engine options are turbocharged for better performance and efficiency.

Is there an all-wheel-drive option for the E-Class Sedan?

Mercedes-Benz’s 4MATIC all-wheel-drive system is available on many E-Class models.

How is the engine cooling system designed in the E-Class?

The cooling system is designed for optimal efficiency, with advanced radiators and electronic controls.

What type of transmission is paired with the E-Class engines?

The engines are typically paired with a 9-speed automatic transmission for smooth and responsive shifting.

Are there any special engine technologies for emissions reduction?

The E-Class includes technologies like selective catalytic reduction to reduce emissions.

How is the engine compartment laid out for maintenance access?

The layout is designed for ease of access to key components for regular maintenance and servicing.

Does the E-Class Sedan have an engine start-stop feature?

Yes, it includes an auto start-stop feature for improved fuel efficiency in stop-and-go traffic.

What kind of fuel is recommended for the E-Class engines?

Premium unleaded gasoline is typically recommended for optimal performance and efficiency.

How often should the engine oil be changed in the E-Class Sedan?

Oil change intervals can vary based on the engine type and usage, with recommendations provided in the owner’s manual.

Are there any special features for noise reduction in the engine compartment?

The compartment includes sound insulation materials to reduce engine noise for a quieter cabin experience.

What kind of battery does the E-Class Sedan use?

It uses a standard 12-volt battery, with some models featuring additional batteries for mild-hybrid systems.

Does the E-Class Sedan have any specific cooling requirements for high-performance models?

High-performance models may have enhanced cooling systems to manage the higher heat generated.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Sound and ASSYST PLUS Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Sound and ASSYST PLUS

With its advanced radio and media system, the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan enhances the in-car entertainment experience. The sedan’s high-fidelity sound system and array of audio options, which include satellite radio, HD Radio, and AM/FM radio, guarantee a wide variety of listening preferences. Slick access to streaming services and customized media collections is made possible by the incorporation of cutting-edge connectivity options including Bluetooth, USB, and smartphone integration through Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. With the addition of voice command features, the user-friendly touchscreen interface guarantees that drivers can effortlessly access and manage their entertainment without being distracted. For those who want even more immersive sound, audiophiles can also choose to upgrade to a premium sound system, such as one from a well-known audio company. The E-Class Sedan’s extensive radio and media package is made to accommodate the wide range of tastes of its occupants, ensuring a distinctively pleasurable auditory experience on every trip.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Sound Settings

Overview of Functions in The Sound Menu
The setting options and functions available depend on the sound system installed. You can find out which sound system is installed in your vehicle in the Digital Operator’s Manual. Standard sound system and Advanced sound system

The following functions are available:

Equalizer
- Treble, mid-range and bass
Balance and fader
Volume
- Automatic adjustment

Burmester® surround sound system
Burmester® high-end 3D surround sound system

The following functions are available:

Equalizer
- Treble, mid-range, and bass
Balance and fader
Sound focus
VIP seat (Burmester® high-end 3D surround the sound system only)
Sound profiles
Volume
- Automatic adjustment

ASSYST PLUS service interval display
The function of the ASSYST PLUS service interval display The ASSYST PLUS service interval display on the instrument display informs you of the time or distance remaining before the next service due date. You can hide this service display using the G back button on the steering wheel.

Depending on how the vehicle is used, the ASSYST PLUS service interval display may shorten the service interval, e.g. in the following cases:

Mainly short-distance driving
When the engine is often left idling for long periods
In the event of frequent cold start phases

Mercedes-Benz recommends avoiding such operating conditions.
You can obtain information concerning the servicing of your vehicle from a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Displaying the service due date

On-board computer:
4 Service 5 ASSYST PLUS The next service due date is displayed.

To exit the display: press the back button G on the steering wheel.

Bear in mind the following related topic:

Operating the onboard computer.

Information on regular maintenance work

NOTE
Premature wear through failure to observe service due dates
Maintenance work that is not carried out at the right time or incompletely can lead to increased wear and damage to the vehicle.

Adhere to the prescribed service intervals.
Always have the prescribed maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

Notes on special service requirements
The prescribed service interval is based on the normal operation of the vehicle. Has the maintenance work been carried out more often than prescribed if operating conditions are difficult or the vehicle is subject to increased stress? The ASSYST PLUS service interval display is only an aid. It is the responsibility of the driver of the vehicle to have maintenance work carried out more often than prescribed due to actual operating conditions and/or stresses.

Examples of arduous operating conditions:

Regular city driving with frequent intermediate stops
Mainly short-distance driving
Frequent operation in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces
When the engine is often left idling for long periods
Operation in particularly dusty conditions and/or if air-recirculation mode is frequently used

In these or similar operating conditions, have the interior air filter, air filter, engine oil, and oil filter, for example, changed more frequently. If subject to increased stress, check the tires more. Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop.

Battery disconnection periods
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display can calculate the service due date only when the battery is connected.

Display and note down the service due date on the instrument display before disconnecting the battery.

Maintenance Management

Notes about Maintenance Management
If the Maintenance Management service is activated, relevant data is automatically transferred to the Mercedes-Benz customer centre. You will then receive individual recommendations regarding the maintenance of your vehicle. The calculation of the optimal transmission time of the maintenance request to the service partner is subject to technical limitations that may cause the maintenance recommendation to be perceived as too early or too late or not to be made at all. In this case, you can conveniently arrange a maintenance appointment with the customer centre via the maintenance reminder in the multimedia system. Maintenance Management and maintenance reminders in the multimedia system are not available in every country. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center to find out whether this function is available in your country.

Data transferred when using Maintenance Management
When the service is activated, relevant data is automatically transferred to determine the required scope of maintenance as well as malfunction detection and malfunction rectification. Details on data transfer can be found in the data protection information for the Mercedes connect services. Maintenance Management and maintenance reminder in the multimedia system is not available in every country.

Tele diagnosis
Notes about the diagnosis

This service is not available in all countries. The vehicle can detect if certain worn parts need to be replaced or if malfunctions have occurred in vehicle systems. If the Tele diagnosis service is activated, relevant data is automatically transmitted to the manufacturer. If fault conditions are detected by the vehicle system self-diagnosis, the system transmits recommendations for action to the Mercedes-Benz customer centre depending on the fault detected. For selected faults, the notification that a malfunction has been detected may appear in the multimedia system with a request to contact the Mercedes-Benz customer centre. From this message, a call can be made directly to the customer centre for assistance.
The transmission of a notification to the multi-media system depends on the country, vehicle model, and equipment and requires a fast data connection, over which the service provider has no influence.
Reliable fault detection is subject to technical limitations. Therefore, only a limited selection of faults can be detected and recommendations for action transmitted to the customer centre and the service partners. Mercedes-Benz AG is continuously working on the expansion of this service. The fault detection depends on the country, vehicle model, and equipment.

Data transferred when using Tele diagnostics
When the service is activated, relevant data is automatically transferred to determine the required scope of maintenance as well as malfunction detection and malfunction rectification. Details on data transfer can be found in the data protection information for the Mercedes me connect services. The scope of the data transmitted depends on the vehicle model and equipment. For technical reasons, not all data is available at all times.

FAQ

What type of sound system is standard in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It typically features a high-quality sound system with multiple speakers and advanced audio technology.

Can you upgrade the sound system in the 2023 E-Class?

Yes, there are options for upgraded sound systems from premium audio brands.

Does the sound system support Bluetooth audio streaming?

Yes, Bluetooth audio streaming is supported. Does the sound system support Bluetooth audio streaming?

Is there a surround sound option available?

Premium sound system options often include surround sound capabilities.

Can the sound system be controlled via the car’s touchscreen?

Yes, the sound system can be controlled through the car’s touchscreen interface.

Does the 2023 E-Class Sedan offer Apple CarPlay and Android Auto integration?

Yes, both Apple CarPlay and Android Auto are supported for media integration.

What is ASSYST PLUS in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

ASSYST PLUS is Mercedes-Benz’s maintenance system that monitors the vehicle and notifies when servicing is needed.

How does ASSYST PLUS determine when maintenance is needed?

It uses sensors and algorithms to monitor vehicle usage and conditions, calculating optimal service intervals.

Can ASSYST PLUS detect specific maintenance needs?

It can identify a range of maintenance requirements, from oil changes to brake pad wear.

Is the ASSYST PLUS system customizable?

It operates automatically based on the vehicle’s needs and is not typically customizable.

How does the driver receive notifications from ASSYST PLUS?

Notifications are displayed on the vehicle’s dashboard or infotainment system.

Does ASSYST PLUS keep a log of maintenance history?

The system tracks maintenance needs and intervals, which can be accessed through the vehicle’s interface.

Is there an additional cost for the ASSYST PLUS feature?

ASSYST PLUS is usually included as a standard feature in the vehicle.

How does ASSYST PLUS improve vehicle longevity?

By ensuring timely maintenance, it helps in maintaining optimal vehicle performance and longevity.

Can ASSYST PLUS be integrated with a dealership for service scheduling?

Some dealerships may offer integration with ASSYST PLUS for easier service scheduling.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Radio and Media Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Radio and Media

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 offers a sophisticated and advanced radio and media system that provides a seamless and enjoyable entertainment experience for drivers and passengers. Let me introduce you to some of the key features and capabilities of the radio and media system in the 2023 E-Class Sedan.

Infotainment System: The E-Class Sedan is equipped with Mercedes-Benz’s latest infotainment system, which typically includes a high-resolution touchscreen display located at the centre of the dashboard. The system allows easy access to various multimedia functions and settings.
Touchscreen Display: The touchscreen display provides a user-friendly interface for controlling the radio and media features. It allows you to navigate through menus, select radio stations, manage media inputs, and access other system settings.
Radio Tuner: The E-Class Sedan comes with a built-in radio tuner that supports AM, FM, and, in some regions, digital radio standards like DAB (Digital Audio Broadcasting). You can use the touchscreen or steering wheel controls to browse and select radio stations. Preset buttons are often available for quick access to your favourite stations.
Media Connectivity: The E-Class Sedan offers various options for media connectivity. It typically includes Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to wirelessly connect your compatible smartphone or other devices to the car’s audio system. This enables you to stream music, podcasts, and other audio content directly from your device.
USB and Auxiliary Inputs: The car is likely to have USB ports and an auxiliary input jack, which allow you to connect external devices such as USB drives, MP3 players, or other media sources. This enables you to play audio files stored on these devices through the car’s speakers.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto: The E-Class Sedan is likely to support Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, which are smartphone integration systems. They enable you to connect your iPhone or Android phone to the car’s infotainment system, providing seamless access to compatible apps, navigation, music streaming services, and more.
In-Car Entertainment: The E-Class Sedan may also offer optional features like a premium sound system, such as the Burmester surround sound system, providing exceptional audio quality. Rear-seat entertainment options, such as screens for passengers, might also be available in certain configurations.

Please note that specific features and capabilities may vary depending on the exact model, trim level, and region. It’s always recommended to consult the official Mercedes-Benz website or contact a dealership for the most accurate and up-to-date information regarding the radio and media system in the 2023 E-Class Sedan.

Radio and Media

Overview of the Symbols and Functions in the Media Menu

Symbol	Designation	Function
6	Play	Select to start or continue playback.
8	Rest	Select to pause the playback.
:	Repeat a track	Select to repeat the current track or the active playlist. Select one: the active playlist is repeated. Select twice: the current track is repeated. Select three times: the function is deactivated.
9	Random playback	Select to play back the tracks in random order.
û/ü	Skip forwards/back	Select to skip to the next or to the previous track.
ß	Options	Select to show additional options.
5	Categories	Select to show or search through available categories (e.g. playback lists, albums, artists, etc.).
ª	Search	Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods, for example.

Symbol	Designation	Function
Z	Settings	Select to make settings.
©	Home	Select to return to the home screen.
j	Messaging	Select to call up messaging.
2	Fullscreen	Select to switch to full-screen mode.

The following functions and settings are available in the media menu:

Connecting external data storage media with the multimedia system (e.g. using USB or Bluetooth®)
Playing back audio or video files

Authorizing a Bluetooth® audio device for media playback

Requirements:

Bluetooth® is activated on the multimedia system and audio equipment.
The audio equipment supports the Bluetooth® audio profiles A2DP and AVRCP.
The audio equipment is “visible” for other devices.

Multimedia system:
4© 5 Media 5 Bluetooth 5 ª With Bluetooth® audio, you can play back music files from an external data storage medium, e.g. your smartphone, using the MBUX multimedia system.

To play back audio files using the multimedia system, authorize the external data storage medium on the MBUX multimedia system.

Authorizing a new BluetoothÂ® audio device

Select Connect New Device.
Select an audio device.
Authorization starts. A code is displayed on the multimedia system and on the mobile phone.
If the codes are identical, confirm on the audio equipment.
Select Only as Bluetooth Audio Device.
The Bluetooth® audio equipment is connected to the multimedia system.

Connecting previously authorized Bluetooth® audio equipment

Select a Bluetooth® audio device from the list.
The connection is being established.

Overview of the symbols and functions in the radio menu

Symbol	Designation	Function
©	Home	Select to return to the home screen.
j	Messaging	Select to call up messaging.
û/ü	Skip forwards/back	Select to skip to the next or to the previous station.
Z	Settings	Select to have further options shown. Settings can be made to the following additional functions, for example: R Navigation and traffic announcements R Frequency fix function R Radio additional text R Emergency warnings The setting options are country-dependent.

Symbol	Designation	Function
HD	HD radio™	Select to switch the HD Radio™ function on or off. This function is not available in all countries.
8	Silent function	Select to switch off the sound.
f	Store radio stations	Select to save a station in the presets.
4	Station list	Select to have the station list shown.
ª	Search	Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods, for example.

Additional functions of Tune In radio

A relatively large volume of data can be transmitted when using Tune In radio.

Symbol	Designation	Function
Z	Settings	The following additional settings are available in the Tune In Radio menu: Selecting stream Logging on to or out of the Tune In Account
ß	Favourites	Select during playback to save the station currently set as a favourite.
6/8	Play/Pause	Select to start, stop or continue playback.
5	Browse	Select to choose a category and then a radio station.

Additional functions of the satellite radio
SIRIUS XM® satellite radio offers more than 175 digital-quality radio channels providing commercial-free music, sports, news and entertainment, for example. SIRIUS XM® satellite radio employs a fleet of high-performance satellites to broadcast around the clock throughout the USA and Canada. The satellite radio program is available for a monthly fee. Information about this can be obtained from a Sirius XM® Service Center and at https://www.siriusxm.com (USA).% Sirius, XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc. and its subsidiaries. All other marks, channel names and logos are the property of their respective owners. All rights reserved.

Symbol	Designation	Function
Z	Settings	The following additional settings are available in the satellite radio menu: R Activate child safety lock to lock channels with adult content R Set alarm program for music and sports alerts R Create TuneMix lists to listen to music seamlessly
5	Playback control	Select to show the timeline. Tap any point on the timeline to skip forwards or back. Navigate to the end of the timeline to return to live mode.
6	Play	Select to start or continue playback.
8	Rest	Select to pause the playback.

Depending on the frequency band selected, different functions are available to you.
Select the desired frequency band in the radio menu head runner.

Calling up Tune In Radio

The TuneIn Radio service is activated in the Mercedes me Portal.
The data volume is available.
Depending on the country, data volume may need to be purchased.
A fast Internet connection for data transmission free of interference.
Data volume can be purchased directly from a mobile phone network provider via the Mercedes Me Portal.
The functions and services are countries

Multimedia system:
4© 5 Radio

Select Tune In Radio. Multimedia system:

4© 5 Radio

Select Tune In Radio.
The Tune In menu appears. The last station set starts playing.
The connection quality depends on the local mobile phone reception.

Setting up satellite radio

Satellite radio equipment is available.
Registration with a satellite radio provider has been completed.
If registration is not included when purchasing the system, your credit card details will be required to activate your account.

Multimedia system:
4© 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM 5 Z Options

Select Service Information.
The service information screen appears showing the radio ID and the current subscription status.
Establish a telephone connection.
Follow the service staff’s instructions.
The activation process may take up to ten minutes.

You can also have the satellite service activated online. To do so, please visit https://www.siriusxm.com (USA).

Music and sports alerts
4© 5 Radio 5 SiriusXM 5 Z 5 Alerts

Setting music and sports alerts
This function enables you to program an alert for your favourite artists, tracks or sporting events. Music alerts can be saved whilst a track is being played and sports alerts can be saved during a live game. You can also specify sports alerts via the menu option. The system then continuously searches through all the channels.

Set a music or sports alert, to be informed of matches in the Live program.

Activating the music information function

Activate Music Alerts O.

Setting a music alert

Select Add Alert.
Select Artists or Song in the dialogue window. The alert is set for the current artist or track. If a match is found, a prompt appears asking whether you wish to change to the station.

Activating sports information

Activate Sports Alerts O.

Setting a sport alert

Select Add Alert.
Select the team name or league in the dialogue window.

Deleting individual sports and music alerts

Select Manage Music Alerts.
or
Select Manage Sports Alerts.
Select an artist or track.
or
Select a team.
Select Delete Selected Entries.
All highlighted alerts are deleted.

Deleting all sports and music alerts

Select Manage Music Alerts.
or
Select Manage Sports Alerts.
Select Delete All Entries.

All alerts are deleted.

FAQ

What type of audio system does the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 come with?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 comes equipped with a premium audio system as standard.

How many speakers does the audio system have?
The number of speakers in the E-Class Sedan 2023 varies depending on the chosen audio package. The standard audio system typically has a 9-speaker setup.

Can I upgrade the audio system in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
Yes, Mercedes-Benz offers optional Burmester® Surround Sound and Burmester® High-End 3D Surround Sound systems for an enhanced audio experience.

What media sources can I connect to the E-Class Sedan 2023 audio system?
You can connect various media sources such as Bluetooth-enabled devices, USB drives, and SD cards to the audio system.

Does the E-Class Sedan 2023 have Apple CarPlay and Android Auto integration?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 supports Apple CarPlay and Android Auto for seamless smartphone integration.

Is there a built-in navigation system in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 comes with an integrated navigation system that provides turn-by-turn directions and real-time traffic updates.

Can I control the audio system using voice commands?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 features Mercedes-Benz’s voice control system, which allows you to control the audio system using natural language commands.

Does the E-Class Sedan 2023 have a CD player?
No, the E-Class Sedan 2023 does not come with a built-in CD player. However, you can play audio files from CDs using an external CD/DVD drive.

Are there any auxiliary audio inputs in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 has a USB port and an SD card slot that you can use to connect external devices.

Can I stream music wirelessly to the audio system?
Yes, you can stream music wirelessly through Bluetooth connectivity in the E-Class Sedan 2023.

Does the E-Class Sedan 2023 have satellite radio?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 offers satellite radio functionality for access to a wide range of radio channels.

Can I customize the audio settings in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 allows you to customize the audio settings, including bass, treble, balance, and fader, to suit your preferences.|

Is there a touchscreen display for the audio system?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 features a high-resolution touchscreen display for controlling the audio system and accessing other media features.

Can I control the audio system from the steering wheel?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 has steering wheel-mounted controls that allow you to manage the audio system without taking your hands off the wheel.

Does the E-Class Sedan 2023 support wireless charging for smartphones?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 offers wireless charging capability, allowing you to charge compatible smartphones without the need for cables.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Telephone Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Telephone

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan perfectly blends luxury and contemporary connectivity with an innovative phone system. This system is made to sync with cell phones easily, and it works with both Android Auto and Apple CarPlay for complete compatibility. Through the vehicle’s user-friendly infotainment system, users may enjoy hands-free calling and easy access to their contacts, all while maintaining safety and convenience while driving. Superior voice control and a top-notch audio system make the telephone feature even more effective at facilitating clear conversation. Furthermore, the wireless charging pads that come with the E-Class add to its overall technological sophistication and convenience by ensuring that gadgets stay charged. This makes keeping connected while on the go simple and stylish.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Telephone

WARNING
Risk of distraction from operating integrated communication equipment while the vehicle is in motion. If you operate communication equipment integrated in the vehicle when driving, you could be distracted from the traffic situation.

This could also cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

Only operate this equipment when the traffic situation permits.
If you cannot be sure of this, stop the vehicle whilst paying attention to road and traffic conditions and operate the equipment with the vehicle stationary.

WARNING
Risk of accident from operating mobile communication equipment while the vehicle is in motion. Mobile communication devices distract the driver from the traffic situation. This can also cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

As a driver, only operate mobile communication devices when the vehicle is stationary.
As a vehicle occupant, use mobile communication devices only in the designated area, e.g. in the rear passenger compartment.

You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating mobile communication equipment in the vehicle.

WARNING
Risk of injury due to objects being stowed incorrectly. If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup holders, open stowage spaces, and mobile phone receptacles cannot always retain all objects within. There is a risk of injury, particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction.

Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown around in such situations.
Always make sure that objects do not protrude from stowage spaces, parcel nets or stowage nets.
Close the lockable stowage spaces before starting a journey.
Always stow and secure heavy, hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky objects in the trunk/cargo compartment.

Observe the additional information on stowing mobile communications devices correctly:

Loading the vehicle Bluetooth® connection:

The menu view and the available functions in the telephone menu are in part dependent on the Bluetooth® profile of the connected mobile phone.

Full functionality is only available if the mobile phone supports both of the following Blue-tooth® profiles:

PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
- The contacts on the mobile phone are shown automatically on the multimedia system.
MAP (Message Access Profile)
- The mobile phone message functions can be used on the multimedia system.
- Irrespective of this, Bluetooth Â® audio functionality can be used with any mobile radio unit.
- For information on the range of functions of the mobile radio unit to be connected, see the manufacturer’s operating instructions.

Network connection:
The following cases can lead to the call being dis-connected while the vehicle is in motion:

You switch to a transmission/reception station, in which no communication channel is free.
The SIM card used is not compatible with the network available
A mobile phone with a “Twin card” is logged into the network with the second SIM card at the same time

The multimedia system supports calls in HD Voice® for improved speech quality. A requirement for this is that the mobile phone and the mobile phone network provider of the person you are calling support HD Voice®. Depending on the quality of the connection, the voice quality may fluctuate.

Telephone menu overview

Bluetooth® device name of the currently connected mobile phone/of the mobile phone
Bluetooth® device name of the currently connected mobile phone/of the mobile phone (two phone mode)
Battery status of the connected mobile phone
The signal strength of the mobile phone network
Options
Device manager
Messages
Numerical pad 9 Contact search

Telephony operating modes overview
Depending on your equipment, the following telephony operating modes are available:

A mobile phone is connected to the multimedia system via Bluetooth®.
Two mobile phones are connected to the multimedia system via Bluetooth® (two-phone mode).
- You can use all the functions of the multi-media system with the mobile phone in the foreground.
- You can receive incoming calls and messages with the mobile phone in the background.
- You can interchange the mobile phone in the foreground and background.

Connecting a mobile phone

Bluetooth® is activated on the mobile phone (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions).
Bluetooth® is activated on the multimedia system.

Multimedia system:
4Â© 5 Phone Searching for a mobile phone

Select Ã.
Select Connect New Device.

Connecting a mobile phone
The authorization follows using secure simple pairing.

Select a mobile phone.

A code is displayed in the multimedia system and on the mobile phone.

If both codes match, confirm the code on the mobile phone.
Functions in the telephony menu

In the telephony menu you have the following functions, for example:

Making calls, e.g.
- Accept a call
- End Call
- Create Confer. Call
- Accept or reject a waiting call
Managing contacts, e.g.:
- Downloading mobile phone contacts
- Managing the format of a contact’s name
- Saving a contact as a favourite
Receiving and sending messages, e.g.:
- Using the read-aloud function
- Dictating a new message

Mercedes me app
Making a call via the overhead control panel

me button for service or information calls
SOS button cover
SOS button (emergency call system)

Making a Mercedes me call

Press me button 1.
Making an emergency call
To open the cover of SOS button 2 , press it briefly.
Press and hold SOS button 3 for at least one second.

If a Mercedes me call is active, an emergency call can still be triggered. This has priority over all other active calls.

Information about the Mercedes I call
A call to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center has been initiated via the me button in the overhead control panel or the multimedia system.

Using the voice dialog system you access the desired service:

Accident and Breakdown Management
Mercedes-Benz Customer Center for general information about the vehicle

You can find information on the following topics:

Activation of Mercedes me connect
Operating the vehicle
Nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center
Other products and services from Mercedes-Benz

Data is transferred during the connection to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center.

Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center using the multimedia system

Access to a mobile phone network is available.
The contract partner’s mobile network coverage is available in the respective region.
R The vehicle must be switched on so that vehicle data can be transferred automatically.

Multimedia system:
4Â© 5 Phone 5 g

Call Mercedes me connect.

After confirmation, the multimedia system sends the required vehicle data. The data transfer is shown in the media display.
Then you can select a service and be connected to a specialist at the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center.

Calling the Mercedes-Benz customer centre after an automatic accident or breakdown detection

The vehicle has detected an accident or breakdown situation.
The vehicle is stationary.
The hazard warning lights are switched on.
This function is not available in all countries.

The vehicle can detect accident or breakdown situations under certain circumstances.

Requirements for collision detection in the context of accident management:

The vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft alarm system (ATA) (code 551).
The vehicle is equipped with interior protection (code 882).
The vehicle is equipped with the Anti-Theft Protection Package (code P54).
The collision detection service with theft notification has been activated on Mercedes me connect.

If a collision is detected when the tow-away alarm is armed on a locked vehicle, you will receive a notification in the multimedia system when you switch the vehicle on. Find out at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center if this function is available in your country. In the event an accident or breakdown is detected, the emergency guide shows safety notes in the multimedia system display. This may take a few seconds. The availability of collision detection depends on the vehicle. In the event an accident or breakdown is detected, the emergency guide shows safety notes in the multimedia system display. After quitting the emergency guide display on the multimedia system, a prompt appears asking whether you would like to get support from the Mercedes-Benz customer centre.

Select Call.
- The vehicle data is sent automatically.
- The Mercedes-Benz customer centre takes your call and organizes the breakdown and accident assistance.

You may be charged for these services. Depending on the severity of the accident, an automatic emergency call can be initiated. This has priority over all other active calls. In addition, if the Mercedes I connect to service “Tele diagnostics” is active, a similar prompt can appear after a delay in the event of a breakdown. If you are already in contact with the Mercedes-Benz customer centre or have already received support, this prompt can be ignored or declined. If you answer the prompt for support from the Mercedes-Benz customer centre with Later, the message will be hidden and appear again later. The prompt triggered by the Mercedes me connect to service “Tele diagnostics”, can either be confirmed or declined. After being declined, this will not be shown again.

Arranging a service appointment via a Mercedes me call
If you have activated the maintenance management service, relevant vehicle data is transferred automatically to the Mercedes-Benz customer centre. You will then receive individual recommendations regarding the maintenance of your vehicle. Regardless of whether you have consented to the maintenance management service, the multimedia system reminds you after a certain amount of time that a service is due. A prompt appears asking if you would like to make an appointment.

To arrange a service appointment: select Call. After your agreement, the vehicle data is transferred and the Mercedes-Benz customer centre takes your preferred appointment date. The information is then sent to your desired service outlet. This will contact you to confirm the appointment and if necessary consult about the details.% If you select Later after the service message appears, the message is hidden and reappears at a later time.

Data transferred during a Mercedes me call
When you make a service call via Mercedes Me, data is transmitted. This enables targeted advice and smooth service.

The following requirements must be fulfilled for the transfer of the data:

The vehicle is switched on.
The required data transfer technology is supported by the mobile phone network provider. R The quality of the mobile connection is sufficient.

Multi-stage transfer depends on the following factors:

Reason for the initiation of the call
The available mobile phone transmission technology
R The activated Mercedes me Connect services
The service selected in the voice control system
The scope of the transmitted data depends on the vehicle model and equipment. For technical reasons, not all data is available at all times.

Data transfer if Mercedes I Connect services are not activated

If no Mercedes I Connect services are activated, the following data is transferred:

Vehicle identification number
Time of the call
Reason for the initiation of the call
Country indicator of the vehicle
Set the language for the multimedia system
Telephone number of the communication platform installed in the vehicle

If a call is made for a service appointment via the service reminder, the following data is also transmitted:

Current mileage and maintenance data

If a call is made after an automatic accident or break-down detection using the multimedia system, the following data is also transmitted:

Current mileage and maintenance data
Current vehicle location

If Accident and Breakdown Management is called via the voice control system, the following data can also be called up from the vehicle by the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center:

Current vehicle location

Data transfer if Mercedes I Connect services are activated
An overview of the data transmitted can be found in the respective terms of use for Mercedes Connect services. These can be obtained in the Mercedes me Portal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com

Data processing
The data transmitted within the scope of the call is deleted from the processing system after the call is finished, in so far as this data is not being used for other activated Mercedes I connect services. The incident-specific data is processed and stored in the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center and, if required to process the incident, forwarded to the service partner authorized by the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center.

The recorded message is not available in every country.

Mercedes me connect
Mercedes Me Connect consists of multiple services. You can use the following services via the multi-media system and the overhead control panel, for example:

Accident and Breakdown Management (me button or situation-dependent display in the multimedia system)
Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System (automatic emergency call and SOS button)
The Mercedes Connect Accident and Break-down Management and the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centres are available to you around the clock.
The me button and the SOS button can be found on the vehicle’s overhead control panel.
You can also call the Mercedes-Benz customer centre using the multimedia system.

Please note that Mercedes I Connect is a Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, first call the national emergency services using the standard national emergency service telephone numbers. In emergencies, you can also use the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system. Observe the conditions of use for Mercedes I connect and other services. These can be obtained in the Mercedes me Portal:
Further information about Mercedes me Connect services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Portal.

Information on Mercedes me connect Accident and Breakdown Management
Accident and Breakdown Management is not available in every country. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center to find out whether this function is available in your country.

Accident and Breakdown Management can include the following functions:

Supplement to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system.
If necessary, the contact person at the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center forwards the call to Mercedes me connect Accident and Breakdown Management.
Forwarding the call is however not possible in all countries.
Breakdown assistance by a technician on location and/or the towing away of the vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center
You may be charged for these services.
R Addition to the emergency guide after an automatic accident or breakdown detection.
In the event of a breakdown or accident, further vehicle data is sent which enables optimal support by the Mercedes-Benz customer centre and the authorized service partner or breakdown assistance.
In addition to the Mercedes me Connect service Tele diagnostics

With the Tele diagnostics function, specific wear and failure reports are recorded by the service provider, in so far as these can be interpreted and are available through the monitoring of components that are subject to diagnostics. If your vehicle detects a breakdown or threat of a breakdown, you may be prompted via the multimedia system to contact the Mercedes-Benz customer centre for further help. This prompt in the multimedia system only appears when the vehicle is stationary. These services are subject to technical restrictions such as mobile phone coverage, mobile network quality and the ability of the processing systems to interpret the transferred data. In some circumstances, this can result in delays or the failure of the information to appear in the multimedia system. Please note that the service and breakdown call is a Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, be sure to contact the usual national emergency number first or use the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system. More information about Mercedes me Connect services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Portal.

Data transferred during Mercedes me connect call services
The data transferred during a Mercedes me Connect call depends on:

The reason for initiation of the call
The service that is selected in the voice control system
The activated Mercedes me connect services

You can find out which data is transferred when using the services in the currently valid Mercedes Connect terms of use and the data protection information for Mercedes Connect. You can find these in your Mercedes me user account.

Overview of the Mercedes Me & Apps menu

When you log in with a user account to the Mercedes Me Portal, services and offers from Mercedes-Benz will be available to you. For more information consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or visit the Mercedes me Portal. Make sure you always keep the Mercedes me Apps updated. You can call up the menu using Mercedes Me & Apps in the multimedia system.

In the Mercedes Me & Apps menu, the following options are available:

Connecting the vehicle with the Mercedes Me user account
Deleting a connection between a user account Mercedes Me and the vehicle
Calling up the Mercedes Me services
Calling up apps such as In-Car Office or the web browser depending on availability

Web browser overview
The web browser is started using the Mercedes Me & Apps menu.

URL entry
Bookmarks
Web page, back
Web page, forwards
To refresh/stop
Options

Websites cannot be shown while the vehicle is in motion.

Overview of Smartphone Integration
With Smartphone Integration, you can use certain functions on your mobile phone via the system display. Only one mobile phone at a time can be connected via Smartphone Integration to the multimedia system. Also for use with two phone modes with Smartphone Integration, only one additional mobile phone can be connected via BluetoothÂ® to the multimedia system. The full range of functions for Smartphone Integration is only possible with an internet connection. The appropriate application must be downloaded on the mobile phone to use Smartphone Integration. The mobile phone must be switched on and connected to a USB port with the Ã§ symbol on the multimedia system using a suitable cable.

Apps for Smartphone Integration

Apple CarPlay® Android Auto
For safety reasons, the first activation of Smartphone Integration on the multimedia system must be carried out when the vehicle is stationary and the parking brake is applied.

You can start Apple CarPlayÂ® or Android Auto from the device manager. Mercedes-Benz recommends disconnecting the connecting cable only when the vehicle is stationary.

Overview of transferred vehicle data
When using Smartphone Integration, certain vehicle data is transferred to the mobile phone. This enables you to get the best out of selected mobile phone services. Vehicle data is not directly accessible.

The following system information is transmitted:

The software release of the multimedia system
System ID (anonymized)

The transfer of this data is used to optimize communication between the vehicle and the mobile phone. To do this, and to assign several vehicles to the mobile phone, a vehicle identifier is randomly generated. This has no connection to the vehicle identification number (VIN) and is deleted when the multi-media system is reset.

The following driving status data is transmitted:

Transmission position engaged
The distinction between parked, standstill, rolling and driving
Day/night mode of the instrument display
Drive Type

The transfer of this data is used to alter how content is displayed to correspond to the driving situation.

The following position data is transmitted:

Coordinates
Speed
Compass direction
Acceleration direction

This data is used by the mobile phone to improve the accuracy of the navigation (e.g. for continuation in a tunnel).

FAQ

Does the 2023 E-Class Sedan support Bluetooth connectivity for telephones?

Yes, it offers Bluetooth connectivity for hands-free calling and audio streaming.

Can the telephone system integrate with smartphones?

Absolutely, it supports smartphone integration via Apple CarPlay and Android Auto.

Is voice command available for making and receiving calls?

Yes, the system allows for voice-command operations for hands-free calling.

Can the driver access the phone’s contact list through the car’s system?

Yes, the driver can access and navigate their phone’s contact list through the car’s interface.

Is there a feature for reading text messages aloud?

The system is capable of reading text messages aloud for safer driving.

Does the E-Class Sedan have a dedicated phone app for additional functionalities?

Mercedes-Benz offers a dedicated app that can enhance the functionality and integration of the phone system.

Can multiple phones be connected to the system simultaneously?

The system typically allows for multiple devices to be paired, though active use may be limited to one device at a time.

Is wireless charging available for smartphones?

Yes, the E-Class includes a wireless charging pad for compatible smartphones.

How does the car display incoming calls?

Incoming calls are displayed on the central infotainment screen, often with caller ID information.

Can the telephone system access voice assistants like Siri or Google Assistant?

Yes, when paired with a compatible smartphone, it can access voice assistants.

Are there any privacy features for telephone calls?

The system includes privacy options, allowing calls to be transferred from the speaker system to the handset.

How is the call quality in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The E-Class Sedan is designed to offer superior call quality with noise reduction features.

Is it possible to control the telephone system from the steering wheel?

Yes, there are controls on the steering wheel for managing calls and voice commands.

Does the telephone system update with software updates for the car?

The system is capable of receiving updates, often as part of broader vehicle software updates.

Can the telephone system play music from a connected phone?

Yes, it can stream music from a connected smartphone via Bluetooth or USB connection.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Navigation Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Navigation

The navigation system in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is an advanced feature that enhances the driving experience. It comes with a large, high-resolution display screen, voice-activated controls, and real-time traffic updates. The 3D maps give a more realistic view of the surroundings, making it easier to navigate complex intersections and roads. The navigation system also includes other features, such as points of interest, weather updates, and speed limit information. The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 also has Apple CarPlay and Android Auto compatibility, making it easy to integrate your smartphone with the navigation system and access your favourite apps and music seamlessly.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Navigation

Notes on Navigation
Route guidance with augmented reality

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury as a result of distraction, incorrect depiction or wrong interpretation of the display The camera image of the augmented reality display is not suitable as a guide for driving.

Always keep an eye on the actual traffic situation.
Avoid extended observation of the camera image.

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury due to imprecise positioning of additional information The additional information from the augmented reality display may be inaccurate and is not a substitute for observing and assessing the actual driving situation.

Always keep an eye on the actual traffic situation when carrying out all driving manoeuvres.

Switching navigation on
Multimedia system: 4© 5 Navigation

Alternatively: press the z button. The map displays the current vehicle position. The navigation menu is shown.
The navigation menu is hidden if route guidance is active.
To show: tap on the touch screen. The menu is hidden automatically.

Navigation overview

Example: digital map with navigation menu Enters a POI or address and additional destination entry options

Interrupts route guidance (if route guidance is active)
Repeats a navigation announcement and switch navigation announcements on or off
Calls up the ON THE WAY menu

- To show the Route Overview
- To select Alternative Routes
- Report Traffic Incident (Car-to-X)
- To call up the TRAFFIC menu
- To display Traffic Announcements
- To show Area Alerts
- To display Provider Information
- To show Route List
- To call up the POSITION menu Save the Position
- To display Compass
- Quick access and settings
- To show Traffic
- To show Parking
- To show Highway Information
- Via Advanced options to use View, Announcements, and Route

Quick-access and settings

- To show Traffic
- To show Parking

To show Highway Information

- Via Advanced options to use View, Announcements and Route

- The federal state or province in which the vehicle is located

Enters a POI or address
List with additional destination entry options
Deletes an entry
Confirms an entry
Switches to handwriting recognition
Enters a space
Switches to voice input
Sets the written language
A Switches to digits, special characters and symbols
Switches to upper-case or lowercase letters
Enter the destination in 2. The entries can be made in any order.

The following entries can be made, for example:

City, street, house number
Street, city
ZIP code
POI name or POI category, e.g. Parking
Contact name
Select a search result in list 3.
Calculate the route.
You can find further information about destination entry, e.g. three-word addresses, in the Digital Operator’s Manual.

Changing Country

Select the indicator for federal state or province 1.
Select the federal state or the province in 1.
Enter the country indicator.
Select the country on list 3.
Select the federal state or the province from list 3.

Using online search
Requirements: the media display shows an Internet connection in the status line with the Q symbol. Destination entry uses online map services. If the on-board search finds no suitable destinations or if you change countries, the online search is available. For the destination, you can enter an address, a POI or a three-word address.

Enter the destination in input line 2. The search results are displayed.
Select the destination in the list. A detailed view of the route is displayed.
Select country indicator 1.
Select the provider for the online service from the countries list.
Enter the destination in input line 2.
Select the destination in the list.

Calculating a route and user settings for route guidance

The destination has been entered.
The destination address is shown.

Multimedia system

Navigation

No route yet. A route has been mapped.
Select ¥
The route to the destination is calculated.
Route guidance begins.
Select
Select Set as Waypoint. The destination address is set as the next intermediate destination.
Select Start New Route Guidance. The destination address is set as the new destination. The previous destination and the intermediate destinations are deleted. Route guidance to the new destination begins.
- Selecting route settings
- Select Z.
- Select Advanced.
- Select Route.
- Select the route type.
- Take traffic information into consideration with Dynamic Route Guidance r.
- Select route options with Avoid Options.
Activate Suggest Alternative Route.
Alternative routes are calculated for every route.
Alternative routes are calculated for every route.
Activate Activate Commuter Route.
If the requirements are met, the multimedia system automatically detects that the vehicle is on a commuter route. Route guidance begins without voice output. Activating route guidance with augmented reality
During route guidance, tap on the camera symbol on the media display. The camera image will be shown instead of the navigation map before a turning manoeuvre and will show additional information.
To return to the navigation map: tap on the
camera symbol again.

Displaying additional information in the camera image

Select Z.
Select Advanced.
Select Augmented Reality.
Activate Street Names and House Numbers. During route guidance, street names and house numbers are shown in the camera image.

Using map functions
Multimedia system:

Navigation
Setting the map scale

To zoom in: tap twice quickly with one finger on the media display.
To zoom out: tap with two fingers on the media display.
Moving the map
Move one finger in any direction on the touchscreen.

To reset the map to the current vehicle position:
press \ briefly.

Selecting map orientation

Tap repeatedly on the Ä compass symbol

on the map
The view changes in the sequence 3D, 2D Heading Up to 2D North Up.

Switching freeway information on/off

Select Z.
Activate or deactivate Highway Information.

Using services

There is an Internet connection.
Mercedes me connect is available.
You have set up a user account in the Mercedes me Portal.
The vehicle is connected to a user accountant you have accepted the conditions of use for the service.
Further information can be found at: https://www.mercedes.me
The service is available. R The service has been activated at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center.
The following additional conditions apply to the Parking service:
The navigation services option is available, subscribed to, and activated in the Mercedes me Portal.
The parking service is part of the scope of the Navigation Services.

Multimedia system:
Navigation
Displaying the traffic situation with Live Traffic Information

Select Z.
Activate Traffic.
Select Advanced.
Select View.
Select Map Elements
Activate Traffic Incidents, Free Flowing Traffic, and Delay.
If traffic information has been received, then traffic incidents such as roadworks, roadblocks, local reports (e.g. fog), and warning messages are displayed.
The traffic delay is displayed for the current route. Traffic delays lasting one minute or longer are taken into consideration.
Displaying hazard warnings with Car-to-X-Communication
If hazard warnings are available these can be shown as symbols on the map. The display depends on the settings for the Traffic and Traffic Incidents options.
Set the options. If Traffic is switched off and Traffic Incidents is switched on, the symbols are shown on the prospective route.
Displaying weather information and other map contents
Select Z.
Select Advanced.
Select View.
Select Map Elements.
Scroll up and show the ONLINE MAP CONTENT category.
Switch on a service, e.g. Weather.
Current weather information is displayed on the navigation map, e.g. temperature or cloud cover.

Parking service
Damage to the vehicle due to not observing the maximum permitted headroom clearance If the vehicle height is greater than the maximum permitted headroom clearance, the roof and other parts of the vehicle may be damaged.

Observe the signposted headroom clearance.
If the vehicle height is greater than the permitted headroom clearance, do not enter.
Observe the changed vehicle height with add-on roof equipment.

NOTE
Vehicle damage due to failure to observe local information and parking conditions The data is based on the information provided by the respective service providers. Mercedes Benz does not guarantee the accuracy of the information provided about the car park or parking area.

Always observe the local information and conditions.
This service is not available in all countries.
Select Z and activate Parking.
Tap on j in the map.
Select a parking option.
The map shows the parking options in the vicinity.
The following information is displayed (if available):
- Destination address, distance from current vehicle position, and arrival time
- Information on the parking garage/parking Opening times
- Parking charges
- Current occupancy
- Maximum parking time
- Maximum access height

The maximum access height shown by the parking service does not replace the need for observation of the actual circumstances

Available payment options (Mercedes pay, coins, banknotes, cards)
Details on parking tariffs
Number of available parking spaces
Payment method (e.g. at parking meters)
Services/facilities at the parking option
Telephone number
Calculate the route.

Notes on the dashcam
Risk of legal consequences following a violation of legal regulations and data protection requirements You are legally responsible for the operation and use of the dashcam functions. The legal requirements relating to the operation and use of the dashcam can vary depending on the country in which the dashcam is operated.

This function is not permitted in all countries.

Before using the dashcam, read up on the content of the legal regulations, in particular the data protection requirements in the respective country of use.
Observe the legal regulations, in particular the data protection requirements.

Selecting a USB device for a video recording with the dashcam

At least one USB device is connected to the multimedia system.

Multimedia system:
Mercedes me Apps 5 Dashcam

Select the USB device.
When USB devices contain multiple partitions, recorded video files are not always displayed in the recording list. Mercedes Benz recommends that you use USB devices with one partition.

Starting or stopping video recording with the dashcam

The USB device is connected to the multimedia system.
The vehicle is switched on.

Multimedia system

Mercedes me & Apps 5 Dashcam
If several USB devices are connected to the multimedia system, select a USB device.
Select the Individual Recording or Loop

Recording recording mode

If Individual Recording is selected and the memory is full the recording stops.
If Loop Recording has been selected, several short video files are recorded. When the memory limit is reached, the oldest video file is deleted and recording is continued automatically
To start select Start Recording.

The length of the recording is shown. Please do not remove the storage medium. message appears. The video file is stored on the USB device.

To end: select End Recording
A report may appear in the following cases:
For the Individual Recording recording mode:
- the memory is full or there are only a few minutes of recording time available. The video recording stops or will be stopped imminently.
Change the USB device or delete a video file.
If a video recording has started and a national border is detected, the National Border Crossed. Please observe the country-specific regulations on video recording. message appears.
This function is not available in all countries.
The camera is not functional, and the Camera Unavailable message appears. Have the camera checked in an authorized Mercedes Benz Center.

FAQ

What is the navigation system available in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 features an advanced navigation system that provides accurate and up-to-date mapping, as well as a range of other features to enhance your driving experience.

What type of display screen does the navigation system have?
The navigation system includes a large high-resolution display screen.

Is the navigation system voice-activated?
Yes, the system includes voice-activated controls.

Does the navigation system have real-time traffic updates?
Yes, the navigation system includes real-time traffic updates.

What are 3D maps in the navigation system?
3D maps provide a more realistic view of your surroundings and help you to better navigate complex intersections and roadways.

What other features are included in the navigation system?
The system includes a variety of other features such as points of interest, weather updates, and speed limit information.

What is the benefit of Apple CarPlay and Android Auto compatibility in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto compatibility allow you to easily integrate your smartphone with the vehicle’s navigation system for seamless connectivity and access to your favourite apps and music.

How accurate is the mapping in the E-Class Sedan 2023 navigation system?
The mapping in the E-Class Sedan 2023 navigation system is accurate and up-to-date.

Can the navigation system be updated?
Yes, the navigation system can be updated to ensure that you have the latest maps and software.

What is the benefit of having a navigation system in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The navigation system in the E-Class Sedan 2023 allows you to easily find your way to your destination and provides a more enjoyable driving experience.

Is the navigation system user-friendly?
Yes, the navigation system in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is designed to be user-friendly and easy to use.

Can you save your favourite destinations in the navigation system?
Yes, you can save your favourite destinations in the navigation system for quick and easy access.

Can you customize the settings in the navigation system?
Yes, you can customize the settings in the navigation system to suit your preferences.

What is the size of the display screen in the E-Class Sedan 2023 navigation system?
The display screen in the E-Class Sedan 2023 navigation system is large and high-resolution for optimal visibility.

Are there any other features of the E-Class Sedan 2023 that work in conjunction with the navigation system?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 also features a heads-up display that can provide navigation instructions, as well as other important information, such as vehicle speed and fuel level.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Settings System

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 System Settings

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxurious vehicle that boasts a range of advanced features, including customizable system settings. The vehicle’s central display screen enables you to access and personalize various settings using the touchpad controller or voice commands. One of the key features of the E-Class Sedan 2023‘s system settings is its driving modes. The vehicle offers five driving modes: Comfort, Eco, Sport, Sport+, and Individual. Each mode adjusts settings such as the throttle response, suspension, and steering to deliver a unique driving experience. The E-Class Sedan 2023 also comes equipped with a dual-zone automatic climate control system that allows both the driver and front passenger to adjust the temperature and air distribution. Meanwhile, rear passengers can use their climate control system with separate controls. Customizable lighting settings are another feature of the E-Class Sedan 2023‘s system settings. The vehicle’s ambient lighting can be adjusted to any of the 64 different colours available to create a personalized cabin atmosphere. Additionally, the vehicle’s exterior lighting system can automatically adjust to different driving conditions, such as switching on the high beams when driving on a dark road. Overall, the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023‘s system settings enable you to customize your driving experience, creating a luxurious and personalized ride.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

System Settings

Overview of the System Settings Menu
In the system settings menu, you can make settings in the following menus and control elements:

Display
Styles
Instrument lighting
Display brightness
Edge lighting
Day/night design

Control elements:

Keyboard language and handwriting recognition
Sensitivity of the touchpad
Sensitivity of the Touch Controls
Voice Control System
Sound
Entertainment
Navigation and traffic announcements
Telephone
Voice amplification to the rear
Connectivity:
Wi-Fi, Bluetooth®, NFC
Time & date
Language
Units for distance
Software updates
Data import/export
PIN protection
System reset

Information on important system updates
Important system updates may be necessary for the security of your multimedia system’s data. Install these updates, or else the security of your multimedia system cannot be ensured.

A system update consists of three steps:

Downloading or copying of the data required for installation
Installation of the downloaded system update
Activation of the downloaded system update by restarting the system
If automatic software updates are activated, the system updates will be downloaded automatically.
The multimedia system provides a message when a system update is available.
You have the following selection options:
Accept and Install
The system update will be downloaded in the background.

Information
Information about the pending system update is displayed.

Later
The system update can be downloaded manually at a later time. Deep system updates access vehicle or system settings and can therefore only be carried out when the vehicle is stationary and the ignition is switched off.

If the download of a deep system update is complete and the downloaded system update is ready for installation, you will be informed of this after the next ignition cycle, for example.
Park the vehicle safely in a suitable location before starting the installation.

Requirements for the installation:

The vehicle is switched off.
Notes and warnings have been read and accepted.
The electric parking brake has been applied.
If all requirements have been fulfilled, the down-loaded system update is installed. The multimedia system cannot be operated while the downloaded system update is being installed and vehicle functions are restricted.
If errors should occur during the installation, the multimedia system automatically attempts to restore the previous version.
If restoration of the previous version is not possible, a symbol appears on the media display.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop to resolve the problem.

Setting up a Wi-Fi hotspot
Requirements:

To set up the Wi-Fi connection of the multimedia system with external hotspots: your vehicle does not have a permanently installed communication module.

Activating/deactivating Wi-Fi
Connecting the multimedia system with an external hotspot using Wi-Fi The type of connection established must be selected on the multimedia system and on the device to be connected.

The connection procedure may differ depending on the device. Follow the instructions that are shown in the display. Further information can be found in the manufacturer’s operating instructions.

Select Internet Settings.
Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
Select Add Hotspot. Connecting using a QR code
Select option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Select Connect using the QR code.
Scan the displayed QR code with the device to be connected. The Wi-Fi connection is established.
Connecting using a security key
Select option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Select Connect Using the Security Key.
Have the security key displayed on the device to be connected (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions).
Enter this security key on the multimedia system.
Confirm the entry with Connecting using a WPS PIN
Select option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Select Connect via WPS PIN Input.
The multimedia system generates an eight-digit PIN.
Enter this PIN on the device to be connected.
Confirm the entry.
Connecting using a button
Select option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Select Connect via WPS PBC.
Select “Connect via WPS PBC” in the options on the device to be connected (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions).
Press the WPS button on the device to be connected.
Select Continue in the multimedia system.

Activating automatic connection

Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
Select the option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Activate Permanent Internet Connection. Connecting with a known Wi-Fi network
Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
Select a Wi-Fi network.

The connection is established again.
Configuring the multimedia system as a Wi-Fi hot-spot for external devices The type of connection established depends on the device to be connected. The function must be supported by the multimedia system and by the device to be connected. The type of connection established must be selected on the multimedia system and on the device to be connected.

Select Vehicle Hotspot

Select Connect Device to Vehicle Hotspot.
Connecting using WPS PIN generation

Select Connect via WPS PIN Generation.
Enter the PIN shown in the media display on the device to be connected and confirm.

Connecting using WPS PIN entry

Select Connect via WPS PIN Input.
Enter the PIN that is shown on the external device’s display on the multimedia system.

Connecting using a button

Select Connect via WPS PBC.
Press the push button on the device to be

connected (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions

Select Continue.
Connecting using a security key
Select Connect Device to Vehicle Hotspot.

A security key is displayed

Select the vehicle from the device to be connected. The vehicle is displayed with the DIRECT-MBUX X network name.
Enter the security key which is shown in the media display on the device to be connected.
Confirm the entry.

Connecting using NFC

Select Connect via NFC.
Activate NFC on the mobile device (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions).
Hold the device to be connected to the vehicle’s NFC interface.
Select Finished.

The mobile device is now connected to the multimedia system hotspot via NFC Generating a new security key

Select Vehicle Hotspot.
Select Generate Security Key.
A connection will be established with the newly created security key.

To save a security key: select Save

When a new security key is saved, all existing Wi-Fi connections are then disconnected. If the Wi-Fi connections are being re-established, the new security key must be entered System language.

Notes on the system language
This function allows you to determine the language for the menu displays and the navigation announcements. The selected language affects the characters available for entry. The navigation announcements are not available in all languages. If a language is not available, the navigation announcements will be in English.

Setting the system language

Multimedia system:
Home > Settings > System > Language

Set the language.
If you are using Arabic map data, the text information can also be shown in Arabic on the navigation map. To do so, select العربية as the language from the language list. Navigation announcements are then also made in Arabic. Resetting the multimedia system (reset function)

WARNING

Risk of accidents due to failure of multimedia display functions While the multimedia system is being reset, its functions such as the rearview camera are not available.
Only reset the multimedia system when the vehicle is stationary.

Home > Settings > System > Reset.

Personal data is deleted, for example:

Station presets
Connected mobile phones
Vehicles with rear telephony handset connection
Individual user profiles
The guest profile is reset when the settings are restored to the factory settings.
Vehicles with rear telephony: The handset must be in the cradle while the system is reset.
A prompt appears again asking whether you really wish to reset.
Select Yes. The multimedia system is reset to the factory settings. If you have set a PIN for your system, this will also be reset.

FAQ

What are the system settings in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The system settings in the E-Class Sedan 2023 refer to a variety of customizable features related to the vehicle’s driving modes, climate control, lighting, and more.

How do you access the system settings in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The system settings can be accessed through the central display screen using the touchpad controller or voice commands.

What are the different driving modes available in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 comes with five different driving modes: Comfort, Eco, Sport, Sport+, and Individual.

What do the different driving modes adjust in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
Each driving mode adjusts settings such as the throttle response, suspension, and steering to provide a different driving experience.

Does the E-Class Sedan 2023 have a dual-zone automatic climate control system?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 features a dual-zone automatic climate control system that allows the driver and front passenger to adjust the temperature and air distribution to their liking.

What other climate control features are available in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The vehicle also features a separate climate control system for rear passengers with their own controls.

Can the ambient lighting in the E-Class Sedan 2023 be customized?
Yes, the ambient lighting in the vehicle can be adjusted to one of 64 different colors to create a personalized cabin atmosphere.

What is the exterior lighting system in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The exterior lighting system can automatically adjust to different driving conditions, such as turning on the high beams when driving on a dark road.

Can the system settings be customized for individual drivers?
Yes, the Individual driving mode allows drivers to customize the driving experience to their preferences.

What is the touchpad controller in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The touchpad controller is a feature that allows drivers to access and control the system settings using a touchpad located on the center console.

What is the voice command feature in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The voice command feature allows drivers to access and control the system settings using voice commands.

Can the system settings be saved for future use?
Yes, the vehicle’s system settings can be saved and recalled for future use.

What is the purpose of the adaptive suspension in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The adaptive suspension adjusts the suspension settings based on driving conditions to provide a smoother and more comfortable ride.

What is the 360-degree camera feature in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The 360-degree camera feature provides a bird’s-eye view of the vehicle’s surroundings to assist with parking and manoeuvring.

Can the system settings be accessed and controlled remotely?
Yes, the Mercedes Me Connect app allows drivers to access and control various system settings remotely from their smartphone or other device.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Overview and Operation Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Overview and Operation

Mercedes-Benz E-class. The four-door sedan, two-door coupe, and two-door convertible body styles that make up the E-class family all provide a sense of lavish comfort and a long list of options that enable customers to tailor their car to their taste. Start with the engine choices: the E350 sedan is powered by a 255-hp inline-four; the E450 sedan is blessed with a 362-hp version of Mercedes’s silken 3.0-liter inline-six. The slinky coupe and the soft-top convertible come only in E450, six-cylinder form. The E-class comes with a good-sized helping of luxury items ranging from a glove-compartment cool box to a power-adjustable steering column. Surprisingly, however, some things you would expect to be standard in this price class turn out to be optional, like leather upholstery and the more sophisticated of Mercedes’s driver assists. The E-class is a tranquil, comfort-first cruiser, so those with a need for speed should check out the AMG E53 for its amplified performance. But if it’s a beautifully crafted luxury automobile you’re after—with a pedigree to match—the E-class has always been and remains a compelling choice.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Overview and Operation

Notes on the MBUX multimedia system

WARNING
Risk of distraction from information systems and communications equipment If you operate information systems and communication devices integrated in the vehicle when driving, you could be distracted from the traffic situation. This could also cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

Only operate this equipment when the traffic situation permits.
If you cannot be sure of this, stop the vehicle whilst paying attention to road and traffic conditions and operate the equipment with the vehicle stationary.

You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the multimedia system. Depending on the equipment, the scope of function and product designation of your MBUX multi-media system may differ from the description and images in this Operator’s Manual. For example, route guidance with augmented reality is not available in all equipment variants.

Overview of the MBUX Multimedia System

Touch Control and control panel for the MBUX multimedia system
Media display with touch functionality
Switch panel with buttons for telephone, navigation, radio/media, vehicle functions/system settings and favourites/themes
Touchpad
Controller
- Turn: adjusts the volume
- Press: switches sound on or off
  For Mercedes-AMG vehicles with AMG Performance exhaust system:
Switches the MBUX multimedia system or media display on or off
For Mercedes-AMG vehicles with AMG Performance exhaust system: ö button
- Sets the sound characteristic of the AMG Performance exhaust system

Further operating options:

Conducting a voice dialogue with the Voice Control System.
Operating functions contact-free with the MBUX Interior Assistant.

You can find further information about operation as well as about applications and services in the Digital Operator’s Manual.

Anti-theft Protection
This device is equipped with technical provisions to protect it against theft. Further information on anti-theft protection can be obtained from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Home Screen Overview

Depending on the display, calls up the first three applications or the home screen
Calls up the profile
Calls up the global search network display, battery status of the mobile
SOS NOT READY (only when the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is not available)
Mercedes me connect active
Transmission of vehicle position active
Signal strength of the mobile phone network, phone connected, time
Calls up the Notifications Center
Calls up an application using the symbol
Application and current information
Quick-access, e.g. enter a home address
Index points and selected display area
Calls up the air conditioning menu E Calls up SUGGESTIONS, THEMES and FAVORITES

If Mercedes connect 5 is active, the vehicle is linked with Mercedes I connect. Vehicle data is then transmitted to the back-end system. What data is transmitted depends on which services are activated. Further details can be found in the Mercedes me connect terms and conditions and data protection information. The function is country-dependent.
If the transmission of vehicle position 6 is active, Mercedes connect services have been activated for this vehicle which accesses the vehicle’s geo position. In which instances the geo position is transmitted depends on the particular services. Further details can be found in the Mercedes me connect terms and conditions and data protection information. The function is country-dependent.

Operating the MBUX Multimedia System
Using Touch Control

Shows the home screen
Touch Control =9Ì: swipe in the direction of the arrow (navigate) a Press (confirm)
Returns to the previous display
Makes or accepts a call ~ Rejects or ends a call
To increase volume: swipe upwards To reduce volume: swipe down to switch off the sound: press the button
Starts the Voice Control System
- Calls up favourites (press briefly) or adds favourites and themes (press and hold)

To operate Touch Control 2 most effectively, use the tip of your thumb if possible. Navigation through the menus is carried out with Touch Control 2 with single-finger swipes.

To select a menu option: swipe and press.
To move the digital map: swipe in any direction.

Using the touchscreen

Select menu options, symbols or characters by pressing briefly.
To navigate in menus: swipe up, down, left or right.
To use handwriting to enter characters: write the character with one finger on the touchscreen.
To zoom in and out of the map: move two fingers together or apart.
To call up the global menu: press and hold on the touchscreen until the OPTIONS menu appears.
For more information on operation, please refer to the Digital Operator’s Manual.

Using the Touchpad

Returns to the previous display
Calls up the audio control menu
Calls up the home screen
Touchpad
# To select a menu option: swipe and press.

To use handwriting recognition: write a character on the touchpad.

To open or close the Notifications Center: swipe down or up with two fingers.
To zoom in and out of the map: move two fingers together or apart.

Calling up applications using buttons

Button calls up the telephone
The button calls up the navigation
Button calls up radio or media
The button calls up vehicle functions
Button

Press briefly: calls up favourites
Press and hold: add a favourite or creates a new theme

Call up the application.

Functions of the Voice Control System

WARNING
Risk of distraction from information systems and communications equipment. If you operate information systems and communication devices integrated into the vehicle when driving, you could be distracted from the traffic situation. This could also cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

Only operate this equipment when the traffic situation permits.
If you cannot be sure of this, stop the vehicle whilst paying attention to road and traffic conditions and operate the equipment with the vehicle stationary.

For your safety, always observe the following points when operating mobile communications equipment especially your voice control system:

Observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are driving.
If you use the voice control system in an emergency your voice can change and your telephone call, e.g. an emergency call, can thereby be delayed.
Familiarize yourself with the voice control system functions before starting the journey. With the Voice Control System, various applications in the MBUX multimedia system are operable using voice input. The Voice Control System is operational approximately thirty seconds after the ignition is switched on and is available for the driver’s seat and front passenger seat.

The following multimedia system applications can be operated:

Telephone
Text messages and e-mail
Navigation
Address book R Radio
Media
Vehicle functions

Starting the Voice Control System

Press 1.
or

Say “Hello Mercedes”.

Overview of the MBUX Interior Assistant

WARNING
Risk of injury from the camera’s laser radiation
This product uses a classification 1 laser system. If the housing is opened or damaged, laser radiation may damage your retina.

Do not open the housing.
Always have maintenance work and repairs carried out by a qualified specialist workshop.

This product complies with the requirements of the FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 except the variations according to the FDA Laser Notice No. 50 from 24. June 2007. The camera is located in the overhead control panel. If the vehicle is equipped with the MBUX Interior Assistant, selected functions of the multimedia system can be operated contact-free. The MBUX Interior Assistant can differentiate between driver and front passenger interactions and detect specific hand positions (poses). System limits, display messages, and notes for rectification

The system may be impaired or may not function in the following situations:

The camera in the overhead control panel may heat up due to operating conditions. As a result, the camera may switch off temporarily, particularly during long periods of operation and at high outside temperatures. Do not touch or cover the camera and wait until the camera has cooled down and is available again.
The camera is covered, dirty, fogged up or scratched.
Wait until the camera has cooled down before cleaning the camera lens. Clean the outside of the camera lens with a dry or damp cotton cloth. Do not use microfiber cloths. Do not remove the cover when cleaning.
R Recognition can be impaired by reflective clothing, an adverse colour of clothing or accessories, for example.
Clothing being worn (hat, shawl, scarf) may be limiting the detection area of the camera. Keep the camera’s field of vision clear.
The camera is not operational. Consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

The MBUX Interior Assistant supports the following interactions:

Interaction area	Interaction	Description
In front of the media display or above the touchpad	Proximity to the control element	The Interior Assistant recognizes the approach of the hand towards a control element. Depending on the active application, the display will be adjusted in the media display. Some functions differentiate between the driver and the front passenger. No specific hand position is required.
Above the centre console	Defined pose	A favourite is called up with a defined pose.
Below the inside rearview mirror	Brief up and down movements	With brief up and down movements below the inside rearview mirror, the reading light for the driver or the front passenger is switched on or off.
Above the front passenger seat	Stretching out a hand above the front passenger seat	By stretching out a hand above the front passenger seat the searchlight is switched on. If you withdraw a hand from this area, the searchlight is switched off again.

Switching the reading light and searchlight on or off

Requirements:

For the reading light:
- The function is available when it is dark.
- The hand movement takes place in the interaction area below the inside rearview mirror.
For the searchlight:
- The function is available when it is dark.
- The hand movement takes place in the interaction area above the front passenger seat.
- The seat belt on the front passenger seat must not be inserted in the seat belt buckle.

Switching the reading light on and off

Briefly move a hand up or down beneath the inside rearview mirror.
The reading light is switched on or off for the driver or the front passenger.

Switching the searchlight on and off

To switch on: reach across the front passenger seat with a hand.
The searchlight is switched on for the driver.
To switch off: take a hand back away from the front passenger seat.
The searchlight is switched off again.

Information on profiles, themes, suggestions, and favourites
For electrically adjustable seats observe the following notes.

WARNING
Risk of becoming trapped during adjustment of the driver’s seat after calling up a driver profile Selecting a user profile may trigger an adjustment of the driver’s seat to the position saved under the user profile. You or other vehicle occupants could be injured in the process.

Make sure that when the position of the driver’s seat is being adjusted using the multimedia system, no people or body parts are in the seat’s range of movement.

If a person is in danger of becoming trapped, immediately stop the adjustment process by:

Tapping the warning message on the media display.
or
Pressing a position button of the memory function or a seat adjustment switch in the driver’s door.
The adjustment process is stopped.

The driver’s seat is equipped with an access preventer. If the driver’s door is open, the driver’s seat will not be set after calling up the driver’s profile. Profiles store your vehicle settings and settings for the multimedia system. If the vehicle is used by several drivers, the driver can select their own profile without changing the stored profile settings of other drivers. Information on profiles from Mercedes I connect can be found in the Digital Operator’s Manual. Vehicle settings are, for example, driver’s seat, steering wheel and mirror settings, climate control, and ambient lighting. For the settings of the multi-media system, you can select, for example, radio stations, previous destinations as well as themes, suggestions, and favourites. For recurring driving situations, such as long drives on the freeway, you can save your preferred settings in a theme in the vehicle. In a theme, you can save the display of the digital map, your preferred radio station and your preferred drive program, for example. The vehicle can learn the habits of the driver. It then offers suggestions for the most probable navigation destinations, media sources, radio stations or contacts. The pre-requirements for that are the selection of a profile, your consent to the recording of data, and sufficient collected data. Favourites provide quick access to applications that are used often. You can select favourites from categories or add them directly to an application.

Configuring profiles, themes, and suggestions

Creating a new profile

- Select W Create Profile.
- Select an avatar.
- Enter the name and confirm with a. # Select Continue r .
- Select Current Settings.
- Select Save.
- Activate Bluetooth® and select Connect Phone, to connect a mobile phone with the user profile.
- Select Finish.

Selecting profile options

Select Ä for a profile.

The following functions are available:

Editing, resetting, or deleting a profile
Resetting themes or favourites
Configuring suggestions

Configuring suggestions

Select Ä for a profile.
Select Suggestion Settings.
Switch Allow Destination Suggestions, Allow Music Suggestions, and Allow Contact Suggestions on or off.
To deactivate the learning function for one day: activate Dealt. Learning for 24 h. For 24 hours no new actions will be trained and no data recorded for the active profile. Suggestions will continue to be shown.
For example: if the option is switched on and a route to a new destination has been calculated, this destination would not be taken into account for the learning function.

Creating new themes

Select ©.
Select THEMES.
Select W Create Theme.

The settings saved in the theme are shown.

Select Continue.
Select Audio and Navigation store the active settings in the theme.
Select Continue.
Select an entry screen.
Select Continue.
Select an image.
Enter the names into the entry field and confirm.
Select Save.

FAQ

What is the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxury executive sedan that combines elegant design, cutting-edge technology, and exceptional performance.

What are the available trim levels for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The available trim levels for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 include the E 350, E 450 4MATIC, AMG E 53 4MATIC+, and AMG E 63 S 4MATIC+.

What engine options are available for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E 350 comes with a 2.0L inline-4 turbo engine, while the E 450 and AMG E 53 are equipped with a 3.0L inline-6 turbo engine. The AMG E 63 S features a 4.0L V8 biturbo engine.

What is the fuel economy for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The fuel economy varies depending on the engine and trim level, but the E 350 gets an EPA-estimated 25 mpg in the city and 35 mpg on the highway, while the E 450 4MATIC gets 23 mpg in the city and 31 mpg on the highway.

What transmission is available for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
All models come with a 9-speed automatic transmission.

What are the dimensions of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan is 193.8 inches long, 72.9 inches wide, and 57.8 inches tall, with a wheelbase of 115.7 inches.

What are the standard and available safety features for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
Standard safety features include adaptive cruise control, forward collision warning, automatic emergency braking, blind-spot monitoring, and lane departure warning. Available features include a surround-view camera, adaptive headlights, and parking assist.

What are the standard and available infotainment features for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
Standard features include a 12.3-inch touchscreen display, Apple CarPlay, Android Auto, navigation, and a premium sound system. Available features include a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster, a head-up display, and wireless device charging.

What is the starting price of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The starting price for the E 350 is around $57,000, while the E 450 4MATIC starts at around $61,000. The AMG E 53 starts at around $74,000, and the AMG E 63 S starts at around $107,000.

What is the maximum seating capacity of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan can seat up to five passengers.

What is the maximum cargo capacity of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan offers 13.1 cubic feet of trunk space.

What is the maximum towing capacity of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan is not rated for towing.

What is the warranty coverage for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan comes with a 4-year/50,000-mile basic warranty and a 4-year/50,000-mile drivetrain warranty.

What is the expected release date of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is expected to be released in

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual
Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Display and on-board Computer System

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Display and on-board

The onboard computer system and cutting-edge display of the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan are intended to improve the driving experience. This system offers access to entertainment, navigation, and vehicle settings through a high-resolution display that blends in seamlessly with the dashboard. Interaction is simple and easy because to sophisticated features including voice control, touch-sensitive controls, and an intuitive interface. The onboard computer makes sure the driver is always informed by providing real-time statistics on the vehicle’s performance, fuel efficiency, and maintenance requirements. Mercedes-Benz’s dedication to luxury, convenience, and cutting-edge automotive innovation is embodied in this technological integration.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Instrument Display and on-board Computer

Notes on the instrument display and onboard computer
Risk of the accident if the instrument display fails If the instrument display has failed or is malfunctioning, function restrictions in systems relevant to safety cannot be detected. The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired.

Drive on carefully.
Has the vehicle been checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop?

WARNING
Risk of distraction from information systems and communications equipment If you operate information systems and communication devices integrated into the vehicle when driving, you could be distracted from the traffic situation. This could also cause you to lose control of the vehicle.# Only operate this equipment when the traffic situation permits.

If you cannot be sure of this, stop the vehicle whilst paying attention to road and traffic conditions and operate the equipment with the vehicle stationary.

NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers. You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the onboard computer.
The onboard computer shows only display messages and warnings from specific systems on the instrument display. You must therefore ensure that your vehicle is always safe to operate.
If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired, park the vehicle immediately and by the traffic conditions. Contact a qualified specialist workshop.

Overview of the instrument display

Speedometer The segments on the speedometer indicate the statuses of the following systems: cruise control/limiter/Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Index points
Outside temperature
Time

Area for additional values (example: tachometer): tachometer/navigation/ECO display/consumption/G-meter/date
The fuel supply will be interrupted to protect the engine when the red mark on the tachometer (overrevving range) is reached.

Coolant temperature display During normal operation, coolant temperature display 6 is permitted to rise to the red mark.
Vehicles with 48 V on-board electrical system: POWER and CHARGE displays (electrical drive support and recuperation power of the electric motor)
Selected drive program8 Selected transmission position

Center display area of the instrument display(example: standard display for a trip): assistance/telephone/navigation/trip/media/radio/styles and displays/service/possible settings for head-up display A Fuel level and fuel filler flap location indicator

Overview of buttons on the steering wheel
Depending on the equipment, the layout and the design of the control elements on the steering wheel may differ.

Control panel for cruise control or Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC.
G Back button, on-board computer
Touch Control, onboard computer
To navigate: swipe
To confirm: press a
Main menu, onboard computer
Home screen, MBUX multimedia system6 Touch Control, MBUX multimedia system
To navigate: swipe
To confirm: press a
Back button, MBUX multimedia system 8 Control panel for the MBUX multimedia system
Voice Control System9 To adjust the brightness of the instrument lighting

Operating the onboard computer
Observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the onboard computer.

The onboard computer is operated using the left-hand Touch Control and the left-hand back/home button. When the onboard computer is being operated, different acoustic signals will sound as operating feedback, e.g. when you reach the end of a list. To operate Touch Control most effectively, use the tip of your thumb if possible.

The following menus are available:

Assistance
Phone
Navigation
Trip

Radio

Media
Service
Vehicles with an instrument display in the widescreen cockpit: Designs
You can find information about the possible settings and selections on the menus in the Digital Operator’s Manual.

The menus can be called up from the menu bar on the instrument display:

To call up the menu bar: press the left-hand back button until the menu bar is displayed.
Vehicles without Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC: press the ò button to call up the menu bar of the onboard computer.
To scroll on the menu bar: swipe to the left or right on the left-hand Touch Control.
To call up a menu, submenu or possible settings on the menu, or confirm a selection or setting: press the left-hand Touch Control.
To scroll through displays or lists on the menu, or select display content, a function, an entry or a display: swipe upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control.
To exit a submenu: press the left-hand back button.

Operating the head-up display

To switch on the head-up display: swipe upwards on the menu bar on the left-hand Touch Control.
To switch to the head-up display: swipe upwards on the left-hand Touch Control.
To set the display areas of the head-up display: swipe upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control. Displaying full-screen menus
You can display the following menus full-screen on the instrument display:
Assistance
Trip
Navigation
On the corresponding menu, use the left-hand Touch Control to scroll to the end of the list.
Press the left-hand Touch Control.
The selected menu will be displayed full-screen.

Overview of displays on the instrument display
Displays on the instrument display:

Active Parking Assist activated
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC deactivated
Cruise control
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Active Brake Assist
Active Steering Assist
Active Stop-and-Go Assist
Active Lane Keeping Assist ± Active Lane
Change Assist
Operational readiness of the 48 V on-board
electrical system drive system
ECO start/stop function
HOLD function
Adaptive High beam Assist
Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus
Vehicles with Traffic Sign Assist: detected instructions and traffic signs.
For an overview of the indicator and warning lamps, see.

Head-up Display
The function of the head-up display

NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

The head-up display projects the following information into the driver’s field of vision above the cockpit, for example:

Driving speed
Information from the navigation system

Information from the driving systems and driving safety systems

Some warning messages
Depending on the vehicle’s equipment, different content may be shown in the three areas of the head-up display.

Display content

Navigation instructions
Current speed
Detected instructions and traffic signs 4 Set speed in the driving system (e.g. cruise control)

System limits
The visibility of the displays will be affected by the following conditions:

Seat position
Image position setting
Ambient light
Wet road surface
Objects on the display cover
Polarization in sunglasses
In extreme sunlight, sections of the display may appear washed out. You can correct this by switching the head-up display off and on again. Setting the head-up display using the onboard computer On-board computer.

HEAD-UP DISPLAY
The following head-up display settings or displays can be selected or shown:

Position
Brightness
Messages
Assistance status
Telephone
Audio
Voice Control System
To select the settings menu: swipe to the right on the left-hand Touch Control. Settings menu 5 will be selected.
To call up the Settings menu: press the left-hand Touch Control.
To adjust the position: swipe upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control.
To adjust the brightness: swipe to the left or right on the left-hand Touch Control.

Setting messages, assistance status, telephone, audio, and the Voice Control System:

Press the left-hand Touch Control. The list of setting options will be displayed.
Swipe upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control.
To choose settings: press the left-hand Touch Control.
Selecting what the head-up display shows

(Example)

Switching the head-up display on/off 2 Left display area

Navigation system Average consumption G-meter3 Central display area

Speedometer
Set speed in the driver assistance system, e.g. cruise control Warnings from driver assistance systems, e.g. distance warning Right display area

Traffic Sign Assist Assistant display

To adjust the position, brightness, and lower display area
Index points
Lower display area (example: left display area) You can hide display areas 2 to 4 that are not required.
In audio mode, the station name or track will be shown temporarily when the audio source is being actively operated. In addition, the latest calls will be displayed when the telephone list on the instrument display is actively operated.
Swipe upwards on left-hand Touch Control. # Press the left-hand Touch Control.

Switching the Head-up Display on/off via the multimedia system

FAQ

Switching the Head-up Display on/off via the multimedia system

What type of display does the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan feature?

It features a high-resolution, widescreen digital display integrated into the dashboard.

Is the display in the 2023 E-Class touchscreen?

Yes, the display operates with touchscreen functionality for ease of use.

Can the onboard computer be controlled by voice commands?

Yes, the system supports voice control for hands-free operation.

Does the display support smartphone integration?

Yes, it offers smartphone integration via Apple CarPlay and Android Auto.

Is there a navigation system included in the onboard computer?

Yes, the onboard computer includes an advanced navigation system.

Can the driver customize the display?

Yes, the display is customizable, allowing drivers to choose which information is displayed.

Does the system offer real-time traffic updates?

Yes, the navigation system provides real-time traffic updates.

Are there any driver-assist features displayed on the screen?

Yes, driver-assist features such as lane keeping and collision warning are displayed.

Is there a heads-up display option available?

Yes, a heads-up display is available, projecting essential information onto the windshield.

Does the display show vehicle health and maintenance alerts?

Yes, it provides alerts regarding vehicle health and maintenance needs.

Is there wireless charging capability for smartphones?

Yes, the vehicle includes wireless charging for compatible devices.

Can rear-seat passengers control any features from the display?

Certain models may offer rear-seat controls for entertainment and comfort features.

Does the system provide access to online services or apps?

Yes, it connects to various online services and apps for enhanced functionality.

How is the audio system controlled through the onboard computer?

The audio system can be controlled via the touchscreen, voice commands, or steering wheel controls.

Is there a learning feature that adapts to the driver’s preferences?

Some models may include a learning feature that adapts settings based on the driver’s habits.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Parking Assist PARKTRONIC Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan’s cutting-edge PARKTRONIC system, a cutting-edge parking assistance technology, improves the parking experience. This function helps the driver find and park in appropriate spots by utilizing ultrasonic sensors all around the car. To assist drivers, PARKTRONIC offers both visual and audio alerts that show the location of obstacles and other cars. The technology can manage parking situations that are parallel or perpendicular, which greatly lessens driver effort and improves convenience. Together with the other driver-assist features of the E-Class Sedan, this advanced parking aid reflects Mercedes-Benz’s dedication to fusing luxury and state-of-the-art technology to make parking simple and safe.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

With its advanced technology, PARKTRONIC enhances the overall parking experience in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023. It helps drivers confidently navigate tight spaces, crowded parking lots, and challenging parking scenarios. The system’s visual feedback on the infotainment display provides a clear representation of the vehicle’s surroundings, further assisting the driver in making informed parking decisions. While PARKTRONIC is designed to facilitate parking, it is important to remember that it is a supportive system and does not replace the driver’s responsibility to remain attentive and exercise caution. It is always recommended that drivers to use their own judgment and be aware of their surroundings when parking. In summary, PARKTRONIC in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is an advanced parking assist system that utilizes ultrasonic sensors to help drivers park with confidence. By providing accurate distance measurements and timely alerts, PARKTRONIC enhances safety and convenience during parking manoeuvres, making the overall driving experience more enjoyable.

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

The function of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking assistance system that monitors the area surrounding your vehicle and shows you the distance between the vehicle and a detected obstacle visually and audibly.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is not a substitute for your attention to the surroundings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking remains with you.
Make sure that there are no persons, animals or objects in the manoeuvring area while manoeuvring and parking in/exiting parking spaces.
The passive side impact protection also warns you of obstacles to the side. During the parking procedure or manoeuvring, objects are detected as the vehicle drives past. If you steer in the direction of a detected obstacle and there is a risk of a lateral collision, a warning is issued. For an object on the side to be detected, the sensors in the front and rear bumper must first detect the object while you are driving past it.
For front or rear obstacles to the side to be displayed, the vehicle must first travel a distance of at least half a vehicle length. Once the vehicle has travelled one vehicle length, obstacles on all sides can be shown.

Displays on the Media Display

Vehicles with 360° camera

Vehicles without 360° camera

As soon as Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is operational, the respective areas of the display are shown in blue.

Operational, front and rear
Operational, all around
Obstacles detected at the front left and on the right-hand side

The colour of the display changes depending on the distance to the detected obstacle:

Blue: > 3.3 ft (1 m) (no obstacles detected) R Yellow: approximately 3.3 ft (1 m) – 2.3 ft (0.7 m)
Orange: approximately 2.3 ft (0.7 m) – 1.2 ft (0.4 m)
Red: <1.2 ft (0.4 m)

Vehicles with 360° camera: the boundary line shifts dynamically depending on the position and distance of the obstacles detected.
Depending on the distance to the obstacle detected, an intermittent warning tone also sounds. You can set the timing of the warnings in the multimedia system.

Standard setting:

Front and sides: < 1.2 ft (0.4 m)
Rear: < 3.3 ft (1 m)
Warn Early All Around:
Front: < 3.3 ft (1 m)
Sides: < 2.3 ft (0.7 m)
Rear: < 3.3 ft (1 m)

A continuous warning tone sounds from a distance of approximately 0.7 ft (0.2 m), regardless of the selected setting.

Vehicles with 360° camera

Vehicles without 360° camera

If an obstacle in the vehicle path is detected and the Camera & Parking menu is not open on the media display, pop-up window 1 appears:

vehicles without Active Parking Assist: at speeds below 8 mph (12 km/h)
vehicles with Active Parking Assist: at speeds below 11 mph (18 km/h)

Optionally, obstacles detected by Parking Assist PARKTRONIC from a distance of approximately 3.3 ft (1.0 m) in front 2 and 2.3 ft (0.7 m) on side 3 can also be displayed on the head-up display.

System limits
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessarily take into account the following obstacles:

Obstacles below the detection range, e.g. persons, animals or objects.
Obstacles above the detection range, e.g.
overhanging loads, overhangs or loading ramps of trucks.
Pedestrians or animals approaching the vehicle from the side.
Objects placed next to the vehicle
Obstacles on the sides are not shown in the following situations, for example:
You park the vehicle and switch it off.
You open the doors.

After an engine start, obstacles must be detected again by driving past them before a warning can be issued.
Observe the information on vehicle sensors and cameras; the system otherwise cannot function properly.

Problems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Vehicles with 360° camera
Vehicles without 360° camera

If the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display lights up red for approximately three seconds before going out, and the é symbol appears on the instrument cluster, the system may have been deactivated due to signal interference. Start the vehicle again and check if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is working at a different location.

If the symbol appears on the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds, it may be due to one of the following causes:

The sensors are dirty: clean the sensors and observe the notes on the care of vehicle parts.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has been deactivated due to a malfunction: restart the vehicle. If the problem persists, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Activating/deactivating Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
Risk of an accident from objects at close range, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect certain objects at close range. When parking or manoeuvring the vehicle, pay particular attention to any objects which are above or below the sensors, e.g. flower pots or drawbars. The vehicle or other objects could otherwise be damaged.

Vehicles without AIR BODY CONTROL: press the button in the centre console.
Vehicles with AIR BODY CONTROL: you can activate or deactivate Parking Assist PARKTRONIC in the multimedia system.

If the indicator lamp in the é button is not lit, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is active. If the indicator lamp is lit or the symbol appears in the Instrument Display, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not active. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when the vehicle is started.

Activating/deactivating Parking Assist PARKTRONIC using the multimedia system
Risk of an accident from objects at close range Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect certain objects at close range. When parking or manoeuvring the vehicle, pay particular attention to any objects which are above or below the sensors, e.g. flower pots or drawbars. The vehicle or other objects could otherwise be damaged.

Requirements

The camera menu is open.
Or: Active Parking Assist is active.
Or: the PARKTRONIC pop-up window appears.
Tap = on the media display.
If the indicator lamp in the é button is not lit, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is active. If the indicator lamp is lit or the é symbol appears on the instrument cluster, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not active.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when the vehicle is started.
Alternatively, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can be activated or deactivated in the quick access menu.

Setting the warning tones of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Adjusting the volume of the warning tones

Select Warning Tone Volume.
Set a value.

Adjusting the pitch of the warning tones

Select Warning Tone Pitch.
Set a value.

Specifying the starting point for the warning tones You can specify whether the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC warning tones should commence when the vehicle is further away from an obstacle.

Select Warn Early All Around.
Activate or deactivate the function.

Activating/deactivating audio fadeout
You can specify whether the volume of a media source in the multimedia system is to be reduced when Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sounds a warning tone.

Select Audio Fadeout During Warning Tones.
Activate or deactivate the function.

Active Parking Assist

The function of Active Parking Assist
Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking assistance system, which uses ultrasound with the assistance of the rear view camera and 360°camera. When you are driving forward at up to approximately 22 mph (35 km/h), the system automatically measures parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle.

Active Parking Assist offers the following functions:

Vehicles with rearview camera

Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road

Vehicles with 360° camera

Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road
Parking in parking spaces perpendicular to the road (optionally either forward or reverse)
Parking in parking spaces that can only be detected as such due to markings (for example at the roadside)
Exiting parking spaces if you have parked using Active Parking Assist

As soon as all requirements are met for searching for parking spaces, the Ç display appears on the instrument display. When Active Parking Assist has detected parking spaces, the È display appears on the instrument display. The arrows show on which side of the road the detected parking spaces are located. They are then shown on the media display. Vehicles with rearview camera: the parking space can be selected as desired. The vehicle is parked in reverse. Vehicles with 360° camera: the parking space can be selected as desired. Depending on the location of the parking space, the parking direction (forward or reverse) can also be selected as desired. When Active Parking Assist is activated, the turn signal indicators are activated based on the calculated path of your vehicle. The parking procedure is assisted by accelerating, braking, steering and gear changes. Active Parking Assist is only an aid. It is not a substitute for your attention to the surroundings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking remains with you. Make sure that no persons, animals objects etc. are in the maneuvering range.

Active Parking Assist will be cancelled in the following situations:

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivated.
You begin steering.
You engage transmission position j.
ESP® intervenes.
You open the driver’s door.
After activating Active Parking Assist, you press the c button again.

System limits
If the exterior lighting is faulty, Active Parking Assist may not function, depending on the defect.

Also, observe the system limits of the following systems:

Rearview camera.
360° camera.

Objects located above or below the detection range of the sensors, e.g. overhanging loads, overhangs or loading ramps of goods vehicles, or the borders of parking spaces, are not detected during the measurement of the parking space. These are also then not taken into account when calculating the parking procedure. In some circumstances, Active Parking Assist may therefore guide you into the parking space incorrectly.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to objects located above or below the detection range of Active Parking Assist

If there are objects above or below the detection range, the following situations may arise:

Active Parking Assist may steer too early.
The vehicle may not stop in front of these objects.

There is a danger of collision!

In these situations, do not use Active Parking Assist.

Extreme weather conditions, such as snow or heavy rain, may lead to a parking space being measured inaccurately. Parking spaces that are partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be identified as such or be measured incorrectly. Only use Active Parking Assist on level, high-grip ground.

Do not use Active Parking Assist in the following situations:

In extreme weather conditions such as ice, packed snow or in heavy rain.
When transporting a load that protrudes beyond the vehicle.
On steep uphill or downhill gradients of more than approximately 15%.
When snow chains are fitted.
Directly after a tire change or when spare tires are fitted.
If the tire pressure is too low or too high.
If the suspension is out of alignment, e.g. after bottoming out on a curb.

Active Parking Assist may also display parking spaces that are not suitable for parking, such as

Parking spaces where parking is prohibited.
Parking spaces on unsuitable surfaces.

FAQ

What is PARKTRONIC in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
PARKTRONIC is an advanced parking assist system available in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023. It utilizes sensors and cameras to help detect and assess parking spaces, assisting the driver in manoeuvring the vehicle safely into parking spots.

How does PARKTRONIC work in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
PARKTRONIC uses ultrasonic sensors located on the front and rear bumpers of the E-Class Sedan to measure the distance between the vehicle and potential obstacles. When parking, it provides visual and audible alerts to warn the driver if they are approaching an obstacle too closely.

Can PARKTRONIC in the E-Class Sedan 2023 assist with parallel parking?
Yes, PARKTRONIC in the E-Class Sedan 2023 can assist with parallel parking. It can help the driver find a suitable parking space and guide them by providing instructions on when to accelerate, brake, and steer while manoeuvring into the parking spot.

Does PARKTRONIC offer assistance for perpendicular parking?
Yes, PARKTRONIC in the E-Class Sedan 2023 can assist with perpendicular parking as well. It helps the driver navigate into parking spots that are perpendicular to the road, providing guidance and warnings to ensure safe and accurate parking.

Can PARKTRONIC detect obstacles from all sides of the vehicle?
PARKTRONIC in the E-Class Sedan 2023 primarily uses front and rear sensors to detect obstacles. It can provide accurate distance measurements and warnings for objects located in the front or rear of the vehicle. However, it may not detect obstacles from the sides or above the vehicle.

Is PARKTRONIC a standard feature in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The availability of PARKTRONIC may vary depending on the specific trim level and optional packages chosen for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023. It is often offered as an optional feature or as part of a package that includes advanced driver assistance technologies.

Does PARKTRONIC provide visual feedback on the infotainment display?
Yes, PARKTRONIC in the E-Class Sedan 2023 typically provides visual feedback on the infotainment display. The display may show a visual representation of the vehicle and the detected obstacles around it, helping the driver better understand their proximity to surrounding objects.

Can PARKTRONIC be turned off in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
Yes, PARKTRONIC can usually be turned on or off in the E-Class Sedan 2023. The driver can control the activation and deactivation of the system through the vehicle’s settings or dedicated buttons.

Does PARKTRONIC work at all speeds?
PARKTRONIC in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is primarily designed to assist with parking manoeuvres at lower speeds. It is most effective when used during slow-speed manoeuvres, such as parallel parking or entering tight parking spaces.

Can PARKTRONIC assist with exiting parking spaces?
While PARKTRONIC primarily focuses on assisting with parking, it may also assist when exiting parking spaces. It can alert the driver to potential obstacles or vehicles approaching from the sides, enhancing safety during parking lot manoeuvres.

Does PARKTRONIC have an automatic braking feature?
PARKTRONIC itself does not include an automatic braking feature. However, the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 may offer additional safety features like Active Brake Assist, which can apply braking if a potential collision is detected to help prevent or mitigate an impact.

Can PARKTRONIC be used in all parking situations?
PARKTRONIC in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is designed to assist in various parking situations, including parallel and perpendicular parking. However, the driver needs to exercise caution and use their judgment while using the system.

Is PARKTRONIC affected by weather conditions or obstacles with low visibility?
PARKTRONIC sensors may be affected by adverse weather conditions, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog. In such cases, the system’s accuracy and performance may be reduced. Additionally, obstacles with low visibility, such as low curbs or objects close to the ground, may not be detected by the sensors.

Can PARKTRONIC detect pedestrians or moving objects?
PARKTRONIC in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is primarily designed to detect stationary objects and obstacles. It may not consistently detect pedestrians or moving objects. Drivers should always remain attentive and rely on their observations to ensure the safety of pedestrians and other vehicles.

Are there any limitations or precautions when using PARKTRONIC?
While PARKTRONIC in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is a helpful parking aid, it is important to remember that it is not a substitute for careful driving and attention to surroundings. Drivers should always rely on their judgment, use the system as an aid, and be aware of any limitations or obstructions that may affect their performance.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Blind Spot Guidelines

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Blind Spot Assist

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxurious and technologically advanced vehicle that prioritizes safety to ensure a secure and comfortable driving experience. One of the most noteworthy safety features of the car is the Blind Spot and Exit Warning system, which is designed to prevent accidents caused by blind spots and opening doors into traffic. This system uses radar sensors to detect any objects in the driver’s blind spot and sends alerts to the driver via both visual and audible signals. It also warns the driver and passengers if there is a risk of opening a door into the path of an oncoming vehicle or cyclist. By incorporating this advanced technology, the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 offers exceptional safety and reassurance for both the driver and passengers.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist with Exit Warning

Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist use two lateral, rear-facing radar sensors to monitor the area up to 130 ft. (40 m) behind and 10 ft. (3 m) next to your vehicle. If a vehicle is detected at speeds above approximately 8 mph (12 km/h) and this vehicle subsequently enters the monitoring range directly next to your vehicle, the warning lamp in the outside mirror lights up red.

Permanent status display in the instrument cluster:

(grey): the system is activated but inoperative
(green): the system is activated and operational

If a vehicle is detected close to your vehicle and you switch on the turn signal indicator in the corresponding direction, a double warning tone sounds and the red warning lamp in the outside mirror flashes. If the turn signal indicator remains switched on, all other detected vehicles are indicated only by the flashing of the red warning lamp. If you overtake a vehicle quickly, no warning is given.

WARNING
Risk of the accident despite Active Blind Spot Assist Active Blind Spot Assist does not react to the following:

If you overtake a vehicle too closely so that it is in the blind spot area
If vehicles travelling at a much faster speed approach and then overtake
Active Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings or intervene in such situations.
Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation and maintain a safe distance at the side of the vehicle.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers.
Exit warning The exit warning is an additional function of Blind Spot Assist and can warn vehicle occupants about approaching vehicles when leaving the vehicle when stationary.

WARNING
Risk of the accident despite exit warning The exit warning neither reacts to stationary objects nor to persons or road users approaching you at a greatly differing speed. The exit warning cannot warn drivers in these situations.

Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation when opening the doors and make sure there is sufficient clearance.
If there is a vehicle in the monitoring range, this is indicated in the outside mirror.
If a vehicle occupant opens the door on the side with the warning, a warning tone sounds and the warning lamp in the outside mirror starts to flash. This additional function is only available when Blind Spot Assist is active. When the exit warning is activated, it can warn vehicle occupants for up to three minutes after switching the vehicle off. The exit warning is no longer available once the warning lamp in the outside mirror flashes three times.
The exit warning is only an aid and not a substitute for the attention of vehicle occupants. The responsibility for opening and closing the doors and for leaving the vehicle remains with the vehicle occupants.

System limits
Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist may be limited in the following situations, in particular:

if there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors are obscured
in poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or snow
if there are narrow vehicles, e.g. bicycles or motorbikes
if the road has very wide or narrow lanes
if vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane
Warnings may be issued in error when driving close to crash barriers or similar continuous lane borders. Always make sure that there is sufficient distance to the side for other traffic or obstacles.
Warnings may be interrupted when driving alongside long vehicles, for example, trucks, for a prolonged time.
Blind Spot Assist is not operational when the reverse gear is engaged.
The exit warning may be limited in the following situations:
when the sensors are covered by adjacent vehicles in narrow parking spaces
when people approach the vehicle
in the event of stationary or slowly moving

The function of the brake application (Active Blind Spot Assist)
If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a side impact in the monitoring range, a course-correcting brake application is carried out. This is designed to help you avoid a collision. The course-correcting brake application is available in the speed range between approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) and 125 mph (200 km/h).

WARNING
Risk of the accident despite brake application of Active Blind Spot Assist A course-correcting brake application cannot always prevent a collision.

Always steer, brake or accelerate yourself, especially if Active Blind Spot Assist warns you or makes a course-correcting brake application.
Always maintain a safe distance at the sides.

If a course-correcting brake application occurs, the red warning lamp flashes in the outside mirror and a warning tone sounds. In addition, display 1 indicating the danger of a side collision appears in the Instrument Display. In rare cases, the system may make an inappropriate brake application. This brake application may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction or accelerate.

System limits
Note the system limitations of Active Blind Spot Assist; you may otherwise not recognize the dangers. Either a course-correcting brake application appropriate to the driving situation or none at all, may occur in the following situations:

Vehicles or obstacles, e.g. crash barriers, are located on both sides of your vehicle.
A vehicle approaches too closely on the side.
You have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds.
You brake or accelerate significantly.
A driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ESP® or Active Brake Assist.
ESP® is deactivated.
A loss of tire pressure or a defective tire is detected.

Activating/deactivating Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist
Multimedia system: 4© 5 Settings 5 Assistance

Activate or deactivate Blind Spot Assist.
Activate or deactivate Act. Blind Spot Assist.

Active Lane-keeping Assist
The function of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking assistance system that monitors the area surrounding your vehicle and shows you the distance between the vehicle and a detected obstacle visually and audibly. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is not a substitute for your attention to the surroundings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking remains with you. Make sure that there are no persons, animals or objects in the manoeuvring area while manoeuvring and parking in/exiting parking spaces. The passive side impact protection also warns you of obstacles to the side. During the parking procedure or manoeuvring, objects are detected as the vehicle drives past. If you steer in the direction of a detected obstacle and there is a risk of a lateral collision, a warning is issued. For an object on the side to be detected, the sensors in the front and rear bumper must first detect the object while you are driving past it. For front or rear obstacles to the side to be displayed, the vehicle must first travel a distance of at least half a vehicle length. Once the vehicle has travelled one vehicle length, obstacles on all sides can be shown.

Displays on the media display

Vehicles with 360° camera

Vehicles without 360° camera

Vehicles without 360° camera
As soon as Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is operational, the respective areas of the display are shown in blue.

Operational, front and rear
Operational, all around
Obstacles detected at the front left and on the right-hand side
The colour of the display changes depending on the distance to the detected obstacle:
Blue: > 3.3 f t (1 m) (no obstacles detected) R Yellow: approximately 3.3 f t (1 m) – 2.3 f t

Orange: approximately 2.3 f t (0.7 m) – 1.2 f t(0.4 m)

Red: <1.2 f t (0.4 m)
Vehicles with 360° camera: the boundary line shifts dynamically depending on the position and distance of the obstacles detected.
Depending on the distance to the obstacle detected, an intermittent warning tone also sounds. You can set the timing of the warnings in the multimedia system.

Standard setting:

Front and sides: < 1.2 f t (0.4 m)
Rear: < 3.3 f t (1 m)
Warn Early All Around:
Front: < 3.3 f t (1 m)
Sides: < 2.3 f t (0.7 m)
Rear: < 3.3 f t (1 m)
A continuous warning tone sounds from a distance of approximately 0.7 f t (0.2 m), regardless of the selected setting.

Vehicles with 360° camera

Vehicles without 360° camera

If an obstacle in the vehicle path is detected and the Camera &

The parking menu is not open on the media display, pop-up window 1 appears:

vehicles without Active Parking Assist: at speeds below 8 mph (12 km/h)
vehicles with Active Parking Assist: at speeds below 11 mph (18 km/h)

Optionally, obstacles detected by Parking Assist PARKTRONIC from a distance of approximately 3.3 ft (1.0 m) in front 2 and 2.3 ft (0.7 m) on side 3 can also be displayed on the head-up display.

System limits
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessarily take into account the following obstacles:

Obstacles below the detection range, e.g. persons, animals or objects.
Obstacles above the detection range, e.g. overhanging loads, overhangs or loading ramps of trucks.
Pedestrians or animals approaching the vehicle from the side.
Objects placed next to the vehicle
Obstacles on the sides are not shown in the following situations, for example:
You park the vehicle and switch it off.
You open the doors.
After an engine start, obstacles must be detected again by driving past them before a warning can be issued.
Observe the information on vehicle sensors and cameras; the system otherwise cannot function properly.

Problems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Vehicles with 360° camera
Vehicles without 360° camera
If the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display lights up red for approximately three seconds before going out, and the é symbol appears on the instrument cluster, the system may have been deactivated due to signal interference.
Start the vehicle again and check if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is working at a different location.
If the é symbol appears on the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds, it may be due to one of the following causes:
The sensors are dirty: clean the sensors and observe the notes on care of vehicle parts.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has been deactivated due to a malfunction: restart the vehicle. If the problem persists, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Activating/deactivating Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
Risk of an accident from objects at close range Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect certain objects at close range.

When parking or manoeuvring the vehicle, pay particular attention to any objects which are above or below the sensors, e.g. flower pots or drawbars. The vehicle or other objects could otherwise be damaged.# Vehicles without AIR BODY CONTROL: press the é button in the centre console.
Vehicles with AIR BODY CONTROL: you can activate or deactivate Parking Assist PARKTRONIC in the multimedia system.
If the indicator lamp in the é button is not lit, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is active.
If the indicator lamp is lit or the é symbol appears in the Instrument Display, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not active.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when the vehicle is started.

Activating/deactivating Parking Assist PARKTRONIC using the multimedia system

NOTE
Risk of an accident from objects at close range Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect certain objects at close range.

When parking or manoeuvring the vehicle, pay particular attention to any objects which are above or below the sensors, e.g. flower pots or drawbars. The vehicle or other objects could otherwise be damaged.

Requirements

The camera menu is open.
Or: Active Parking Assist is active.
Or: the PARKTRONIC pop-up window appears.
Tap = on the media display.
If the indicator lamp in the é button is not lit, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is active. If the indicator lamp is lit or the é symbol appears on the instrument cluster, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not active.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when the vehicle is started.
Alternatively, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can be activated or deactivated in the quick access menu.

Setting the warning tones of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
Multimedia system:

Adjusting the volume of the warning tones

Select Warning Tone Volume.
Set a value.
Adjusting the pitch of the warning tones
Select Warning Tone Pitch.
Set a value.

FAQ

What is the Blind Spot Assist feature in the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan?

The Blind Spot Assist is a safety feature that helps drivers be aware of vehicles in their blind spots. It uses sensors to monitor adjacent lanes and provides visual or audible alerts if a vehicle is detected in the blind spot.

How does Blind Spot Assist work?

When a vehicle enters your blind spot area, the Blind Spot Assist system detects it and triggers a warning light in your side mirrors or the side pillars. If you attempt to change lanes with a vehicle in the blind spot, the system might also provide steering wheel vibrations or mild steering intervention to prevent an unsafe manoeuvre.

Can Blind Spot Assist detect vehicles approaching from behind at high speeds?

Yes, Blind Spot Assist is designed to detect vehicles in adjacent lanes, including those approaching from behind at varying speeds.

Is Blind Spot Assist active all the time?

Yes, once enabled, Blind Spot Assist remains active while you’re driving. It continuously monitors your blind spots and provides alerts as needed.

Does the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan also have an Exit Warning feature?

Yes, many modern vehicles, including the 2023 E-Class Sedan, are equipped with an Exit Warning feature.

What is the Exit Warning feature in the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan?

The Exit Warning feature alerts occupants when it’s not safe to exit the vehicle, such as when a vehicle, cyclist, or pedestrian is approaching from behind.

How does the Exit Warning feature work?

The Exit Warning feature uses sensors to monitor the area around the vehicle. If it detects a potential hazard approaching from behind while the vehicle is stationary, it will warn occupants not to open the doors.

Does the Exit Warning feature activate automatically when the vehicle is parked?

Yes, the Exit Warning feature is typically active when the vehicle is parked or stationary and can warn occupants before they open the doors.

Can I adjust the sensitivity of the Exit Warning feature?

The sensitivity of the Exit Warning feature might be adjustable through the vehicle’s settings menu. This allows you to customize the alerts according to your preference.

Can I temporarily disable the Blind Spot Assist or Exit Warning features?

Yes, many vehicles offer the option to enable or disable safety features like Blind Spot Assist and Exit Warning through the settings menu.

Does the Blind Spot Assist replace the need for manually checking blind spots before changing lanes?

No, while Blind Spot Assist is a valuable aid, it’s important to always check your blind spots manually before changing lanes. The system is designed to complement your driving awareness, not replace it.

Can the Exit Warning feature prevent accidents when opening the doors in crowded areas?

Yes, the Exit Warning feature can help prevent accidents by alerting occupants to potential hazards in their path before they open the doors, especially in congested or busy environments.

Can the Blind Spot Assist and Exit Warning feature detect objects other than vehicles?

While the primary focus of these features is on detecting vehicles, they might also be capable of detecting certain objects, such as pedestrians, cyclists, and larger obstacles.

Are these features available on all trim levels of the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan?

The availability of the Blind Spot Assist and Exit Warning features may vary based on the trim level and optional packages of the 2023 E-Class Sedan.

Do these features require any regular maintenance or calibration?

These features generally don’t require regular maintenance or calibration. However, it’s important to keep the sensors and related components clean and free from obstructions for optimal performance.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual | Autouser Guide

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Active Brake User Manual

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Active Brake Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Active Brake Assist

An advanced active braking system comes standard on the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan, improving vehicle control and safety in a variety of driving scenarios. With cutting-edge technologies like electronic brakeforce distribution (EBD), brake assist, and anti-lock braking (ABS), this system ensures a quick and efficient braking reaction. Regenerative braking is also used in hybrid technology cars, which further improves energy efficiency. Safety innovations like automated emergency braking, which senses possible crashes and applies brakes on its own when needed, are a further complement to the active brake system. In addition to ensuring the best-stopping power, this all-encompassing approach to braking improves the driving experience overall and gives drivers confidence and peace of mind.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Active Brake Assist

The function of Active Lane Change Assist supports the driver when changing lanes by applying steering torque if the driver activates a turn signal indicator. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

If autonomous braking or situation-dependent braking assistance has occurred, display 1 appears in the Instrument Display and then automatically goes out after a short time.

WARNING
Risk of an accident caused by limited detection performance of Active

Brake Assist
Active Brake Assist cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations.

In such cases, Active Brake Assist might:

Give a warning or brake without reason R Not give a warning or not brake

Active Brake Assist is only an aid. The driver is responsible for maintaining a sufficiently safe distance to the vehicle in front, vehicle speed and braking in good time.

Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation; do not rely on Active Brake Assist alone.
Be prepared to brake or swerve if necessary.

If Active Brake Assist is deactivated or the functions are restricted, e.g. due to activation of another driving system, the ê display message appears in the driver’s display. If the system is unavailable due to dirty or dam-aged sensors or due to a malfunction, or if the functions are restricted, the Ó warning lamp appears in the driver’s display. Also, observe the system limits of Active Brake Assist.

The individual sub-functions are available in various speed ranges

The distance warning function can issue a warning in the following situations:

From approximately 4 mph (7 km/h), if your vehicle is critically close to a vehicle, cyclist or pedestrian, you will hear an intermittent warning tone and the L distance warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster.

Brake immediately or take evasive action, provided it is safe to do so and the traffic situation allows this. Distance warning function (vehicles without Driving Assistance Package) The distance warning function can aid you in the following situations with an intermittent warning tone and a warning lamp:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles, pedestrians walking in the direction of travel and cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) when approaching crossing pedestrians

Distance warning function (vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)
The distance warning function can aid you in the following situations with an intermittent warning tone and a warning lamp:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 62 mph (100 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching moving pedestrians and cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 43 mph (70 km/h) when approaching stationary pedestrians, crossing vehicles and stationary and crossing cyclists

Autonomous braking function (vehicles without Driving Assistance Package)
If the vehicle is travelling at speeds above approximately 4 mph (7 km/h), the autonomous braking function may intervene in the following situations:

At speeds up to approximately 124 mph (200 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles or moving pedestrians

Autonomous braking function (vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)
If the vehicle is travelling at speeds above approximately 4 mph (7 km/h), the autonomous braking function may intervene in the following situations:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 62 mph (100 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 43 mph (70 km/h) when approaching stationary and moving pedestrians, crossing vehicles, and stationary and crossing cyclists

Situation-dependent braking assistance (vehicles without Driving Assistance Package)
The situation-dependent braking assistance can intervene from a speed of approximately 4 mph (7 km/h) in the following situations:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles and cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) when approaching moving pedestrians

Situation-dependent braking assistance (vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)
The situation-dependent braking assistance can intervene from a speed of approximately 4 mph (7 km/h) in the following situations:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
at speeds up to approximately 62 mph (100 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles
at speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead
at speeds up to approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) when approaching stationary and moving pedestrians, crossing vehicles, and stationary and crossing cyclists

Cancelling a brake application of Active Brake Assist
You can cancel a brake application of Active Brake Assist at any time by:

sharply depressing the accelerator pedal or with a kick-down
releasing the brake pedal

Active Brake Assist may cancel the brake application when one of the following conditions is fulfilled:

You manoeuvre to avoid the obstacle.
There is no longer a risk of collision.
An obstacle is no longer detected in front of your vehicle.
Evasive Steering Assist (only vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)
Evasive Steering Assist has the following characteristics:
The ability to detect stationary or moving pedestrians.
Assistance through power-assisted steering if it detects a swerving manoeuvre.
Activation by an abrupt steering movement during a swerving manoeuvre.
Assistance during swerving and straightening of the vehicle.
Reaction from a speed of approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) up to a speed of approximately 43 mph (70 km/h).

You can prevent assistance at any time by actively steering.
Cornering function (only vehicles with Driving Assistance Package) If the system detects a risk of a collision with an oncoming vehicle when turning across an oncoming lane, autonomous braking can be initiated at speeds below 9 mph (15 km/h) before you have left the lane in which you are driving.

WARNING
Risk of the accident despite Evasive Steering Assist Evasive Steering Assist cannot always recognize objects or complex traffic situations clearly. Moreover, the steering support provided by Evasive Steering Assist is not sufficient to avoid a collision.

Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation; do not rely on Evasive Steering Assist alone.
Be prepared to brake or swerve if necessary.
End the support by actively steering in non-critical situations.
Drive at an appropriate speed if there are pedestrians close to the path of your vehicle.

System limits
Full system performance is not yet available for a short time after switching on the vehicle or after driving off. As long as the functions are restricted, the Æ warning lamp can also be shown in the driver’s display. Depending on the environmental conditions, it may take a few minutes before full system performance is available.

The system may be impaired or may not function, particularly in the following situations:

In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare, in direct sunlight or in greatly varying ambient light.
If the sensors are dirty, fogged up, damaged or covered.
If the sensors are impaired due to interference from other radar sources, e.g. strong radar reflections in parking garages.
If a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has been detected and displayed.
In complex traffic situations where objects cannot always be clearly identified.
If pedestrians or vehicles move quickly into the sensor detection range.
If pedestrians are hidden by other objects.
If the typical outline of a pedestrian cannot be distinguished from the background.
If a pedestrian is not detected as such, e.g. due to special clothing or other objects. R If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
On bends with a tight radius.

The Active Brake Assist sensors adjust automatically while a certain distance is being driven after the vehicle has been delivered. Active Brake Assist is unavailable or only partially available during the teach-in process.

Activating/deactivating Active Brake Assist

The vehicle is switched on.

Select the desired setting.

Deactivating Active Brake Assist t is recommended that you always leave Active Brake Assist activated.

Select Off.

The distance warning function, the autonomous braking function and Evasive Steering Assist are deactivated. The system is switched on again the next time the vehicle is started. If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the symbol appears in the status bar of the Instrument Display.

Traffic Sign Assist

The function of Traffic Sign Assist
Traffic Sign Assist detects traffic signs with the multifunction camera. It assists you by displaying detected speed limits and over-taking restrictions on the instrument display. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers. Since Traffic Sign Assist also uses the data stored in the navigation system, it can update the display in the following situations without detecting traffic signs. The camera also detects traffic signs with a restriction indicated by an additional sign (e.g. when wet). These are only displayed if a restriction applies or if the system cannot clearly determine whether the restriction applies.

Warning when the maximum permissible speed is exceeded
The system can warn you if you unintentionally exceed the maximum permissible speed. Depending on the country, you can set in the multimedia system by how much the maximum permitted speed may be exceeded before a warning is given. You can specify whether the warning is to be just a visual warning or an acoustic one as well.

Display on the instrument display

Instrument display in the widescreen cockpit

Maximum permissible speed
Maximum permissible speed when there is a restriction
Additional sign with restriction

Vehicles with a standard instrument display:
The a+ symbol next to a traffic sign on the instrument display indicates that additional traffic signs have been detected. These can also be displayed on the media display and optionally on the head-up display. If Traffic Sign Assist cannot determine the maximum permissible speed (e.g. due to missing signs), the following display appears on the instrument display: This is displayed continuously if the vehicle is in a country where Traffic Sign Assist is not supported. Traffic Sign Assist is not available in all countries. Also, observe the information on display messages in Traffic Sign Assist.

System limits
The system may be impaired or may not function particularly in the following situations:

If there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insufficient illumination of the road, highly variable shade conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, direct sunlight or reflections.
If there is dirt on the windshield in the vicinity of the multifunction camera or if the camera is fogged up, damaged or obscured.
If the traffic signs are hard to detect, e.g. due to dirt, snow or insufficient lighting, or because they are obscured.
If the information on the navigation system’s digital map is incorrect or out of date.
If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road- works or in adjacent lanes.
If you turn sharply when passing traffic signs outside the camera’s field of vision.

Setting Traffic Sign Assist

Only vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and ECO Assist must be activated for the automatic adoption of speed limits.

Activating or deactivating automatic adoption of speed limits (only vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)

Select Limit Adoption.
Switch the function on or off.
The speed limits detected by Traffic Sign Assist are automatically adopted by Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC.

If one of the following systems is activated, the detected speed can be manually adopted as the speed limit:

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Cruise control
Variable limiter

Further information about Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC. Displaying detected traffic signs in the media display

Select Display in Central Display.
Switch the function on or off.
Setting the type of warning
Select Visual & Audible, Visual or Off.

Setting the warning threshold
This value determines the speed at which a warning is issued when exceeded.

Select Warning Threshold.
Set the desired speed.

Traffic Light Information service
Risk of an accident or injury due to distraction, incorrect or missing data The traffic light information display is an aid and cannot replace the observation of the actual driving situation.

Keep the actual traffic situation constantly in view when approaching a traffic light and when changing lanes.
Avoid looking at the Instrument Display and Head-up Display for a long time.

The Instrument Display and Head-up Display (if available) show the traffic light icon and the remaining time until the next green phase as a countdown.

Example representation in the Instrument Display 1 Traffic light icon and countdown of the remaining time until the next green phase time
The display is hidden for about five seconds before the traffic lights change to green.

The display also goes out in the following cases:

When turning off before the intersection into a cross or side street
When turning before the intersection

The direction arrows are displayed depending on the following functions:

A turn signal is set
A lane is recommended during active route guidance

If neither function is active, the remaining time until the next green phase for the lane straight ahead is displayed. Use of the traffic light information service requires the regular transmission of vehicle positions and driving directions to Mercedes-Benz. The data is immediately anonymized by Mercedes-Benz and forwarded to the provider of the traffic light information service. The vehicle positions and driving directions are deleted after a very short time (a few seconds) and are not permanently saved.

If you do not want to transmit the vehicle positions and driving directions, you have the following options:

You deactivate the service in the Mercedes me portal.
You have the service deactivated at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.
You deactivate the service in the Assistance menu in the multimedia system.

This traffic light information service is only available in certain cities and regions.

The function is supported under the following conditions:

The vehicle is equipped with a multimedia system featuring navigation and a communication module with an activated, integrated SIM card.
You have a user account for the Mercedes Me Portal.
The vehicle has been connected to the user account.
The navigation services option is available, subscribed to and activated in the Mercedes Me Portal.
The traffic light data service belongs to the scope of the navigation services.

The current vehicle position and the direction of travel are transmitted via the communication module and aligned with the data from the traffic light data service provider. The provider gathers data from traffic lights which transmit their changing phases. When the vehicle approaches an intersection with networked traffic lights, data is transmitted to the vehicle. A set turn signal left or right and lane recommendations during active route guidance are taken into account for the display. The service is for information purposes only and is not linked to any other vehicle functions, systems or components. Please note that the displayed data is not available in all traffic areas and may be incorrect. Certain light signal systems automatically adapt their switching times to the current traffic situation. This can lead to a sudden change in the countdown display. The information in the Instrument Display is shown after selecting the display contents in the Assistance menu. If another menu is selected, the traffic light countdown is not displayed.

Also, observe the following information:

select a speed adapted to the traffic, surroundings and weather conditions
Observe actual traffic signs
Observe applicable traffic rules and regulations

Please observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

System limits
The display does not appear in the following situations, for example:

There is no traffic light data available.
The time remaining until the next green phase is less than ten seconds.
Emergency vehicles or local public transport are located in the vicinity of the intersection.
The data transmission from the vehicle has been interrupted.
The traffic light systems are located in a construction site area or are undergoing maintenance.
The light signal system is malfunctioning.
The subscription to the service has expired.

Switching the traffic light information display on or off

Switch Traffic Light Information on D or off

FAQ

What type of braking system is used in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The E-Class typically employs an advanced anti-lock braking system (ABS) with electronic brakeforce distribution (EBD) and brake assist.

Does the E-Class have an emergency braking system?

Yes, it features an automatic emergency braking system that can detect potential collisions and apply brakes if necessary.

Can the braking system in the E-Class automatically adjust based on road conditions?

The E-Class’s braking system is designed to adjust its performance based on various driving conditions for optimal safety and efficiency.

Are there different brake settings for driving modes like Sport or Comfort?

Driving modes like Sport or Comfort may alter the braking response to match the overall driving dynamics of the selected mode.

How does the E-Class handle sudden braking situations?

With its advanced braking system and stability control, the E-Class is designed to handle sudden braking effectively, maintaining stability and control.

Does the E-Class feature regenerative braking in hybrid models?

Yes, hybrid variants of the E-Class feature regenerative braking, which recovers energy during braking and improves overall efficiency.

Is there a brake wear indicator in the E-Class?

The E-Class typically includes a brake wear indicator system, alerting the driver when brake pads need replacing.

How does the E-Class ensure braking safety in wet conditions?

The braking system includes features like anti-lock braking and electronic stability control to maintain effective braking performance in wet conditions.

Are there any special brake technologies for downhill driving?

Some models may include features like hill descent control for better brake management on steep descents.

How does the weight of the E-Class affect its braking performance?

While the E-Class is a solid vehicle, its braking system is engineered to provide optimal stopping power and control, regardless of the vehicle’s weight.

Does the E-Class have adaptive braking technology?

The E-Class may include adaptive brake technology, which helps in maintaining brake readiness and drying the brakes in wet conditions.

Can the braking system of the E-Class be customized or upgraded?

Customization or upgrades might be available, especially in AMG models, which often come with higher-performance braking systems.

Is there a parking brake feature in the E-Class?

Yes, the E-Class comes with an electronic parking brake, which can be engaged and disengaged either manually or automatically.

How does the E-Class’s braking system contribute to overall vehicle safety?

The comprehensive braking system, along with other safety features, significantly contributes to the overall safety of the vehicle, ensuring reliable stopping power and control.

Are there any driver assistance features related to braking in the E-Class?

Yes, features like Brake Assist and the Pre-Safe system enhance braking efficiency in critical situations.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Active Speed Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-SEDAN 2023 Function of Active Speed Limit Assist

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan is built to provide a dynamic and thrilling driving experience, and it displays impressive active speed capabilities. It has a number of strong engine choices, including cutting-edge turbocharged models that accelerate quickly and smoothly. Fast and smooth gear changes are made possible by the car’s advanced 9-speed automatic transmission, which improves acceleration and highway cruising. The E-Class also has a number of driving modes, including as Sport and Sport+, which adjust the performance parameters of the car for more agile handling and speed control. The sedan is a great option for drivers who want a combination of luxury, performance, and cutting-edge speed dynamics because of its aerodynamic design, which also helps to maintain stability and efficiency at greater speeds.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

The function of Active Speed Limit Assist

If a change in the speed limit of 12 mph (20 km/h) or more is detected and automatic adoption of speed limits is activated, the new speed limit is automatically adopted as the stored speed. The driving speed is adjusted when the vehicle is level with the traffic sign at the latest. In the case of signs indicating entry into an urban area, the speed is adapted according to the speed permitted within the urban area. The speed limit display on the instrument display is always updated when the vehicle is level with the traffic sign. If there is no speed restriction on an unlimited stretch of road (e.g. on a freeway), the recommended speed is automatically adopted as the stored speed. The system uses the speed stored on an unlimited stretch of road as the recommended speed. If you do not alter the stored speed on an unlimited stretch of road, the recommended speed is 80 mph (130 km/h). If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC has been put into passive mode by pressing the accelerator pedal, only speed limits that are higher than the set speed are adopted. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

System limits
The system limits of Traffic Sign Assist apply to the detection of traffic signs. Speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h) are not automatically adopted by the system as the stored speed. Temporary speed restrictions (e.g. applicable for a certain time or due to weather conditions) cannot be properly detected by the system. The maximum permissible speed applied to a vehicle with a trailer is not detected by the system. Adjust the speed in these situations.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to Active Speed Limit Assist adapting the vehicle’s speed

The speed adopted by Active Speed Limit Assist may be too high or incorrect in some individual cases, such as:

at speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h)
in wet conditions or in fog
when towing a trailer
Ensure that the driven speed complies with traffic regulations.
Adjust the driving speed to suit current traffic and weather conditions.

Function of route-based speed adaptation
When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated, the vehicle speed will be adapted accordingly to the route events ahead. Depending on the drive program selected, the vehicle negotiates a route event ahead in an economical, comfortable or dynamic manner. When the route event has been passed, the vehicle accelerates again to the stored speed. The set distance to the vehicle in front, vehicles detected ahead and speed restrictions ahead are taken into account.
You can activate and deactivate route-based speed adaptation in the multimedia system.

The following route events are taken into account:

Bends
T-intersections, traffic circles and toll stations
Turns and exits
Traffic jams ahead (only with Live Traffic Information )
When the toll station is reached, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC adopts the speed as the stored speed.

Also, the speed is reduced if the turn signal indicator to change lanes is switched on and one of the following situations is detected:

Turning at intersections
Driving on slowing-down lanes
Driving on lanes adjacent to slowing-down lanes

The driver is responsible for choosing the right speed and observing other road users. This applies in particular to intersections, traffic circles and traffic lights, as route-based speed adaptation does not brake the vehicle to a standstill.
When route guidance is active, the first speed adjustment is carried out automatically. If the turn signal indicator is switched on, the selected route is confirmed and further speed adjustment is activated.

Speed adaptation is canceled in the following cases:

If the turn signal indicator is switched off before the route event.
If the driver depresses the accelerator or brake pedal during the process.

System limits
Route-based speed adaptation does not take right-of-way regulations into account. The driver is responsible for complying with road traffic regulations and driving at a suitable speed.

The speed adaptation made by the system may not always be suitable, particularly in the following situations:

road’s a course not visible
road narrowing
varying maximum permissible speeds in individual lanes, for example at toll stations
wet road surfaces, snow or ice

In these situations, the driver must intervene accordingly.

WARNING
Risk of an accident in spite of route-based speed adaptation

Route-based speed adaptation can malfunction or be temporarily unavailable in the following situations:

If the driver does not follow the calculated route
If map data is not up-to-date or available
In the event of roadworks
In bad weather or road conditions
If the accelerator pedal is depressed R In the event of electronically displayed speed limitations
Adapt the speed to the traffic situation.

Setting route-based speed adaptation

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated.
ECO Assist is active.

Activate or deactivate the function.
When the function is active, the vehicle speed is adjusted depending on the route events ahead.

Further information on route-based speed adaptation.

The function of Active Stop-and-Go Assist
Active Stop-and-Go Assist helps you when in traffic jams on multi-lane roads with separate roadways by automatically pulling away within up to 60 seconds and with moderate steering manoeuvres. It orients itself using the vehicle in front and lane markings. Active Stop-and-Go Assist automatically maintains a safe distance from the vehicle in front and vehicles cutting in. Active Stop-and-Go Assist requires you, as the driver, to keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times so that you are able to intervene at any time to correct the course of the vehicle and keep it in the lane. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers. Active Traffic Jam Assist activates automatically as soon as all of the requirements are met: The ¬ status display appears in the instrument cluster when the function is active.

Requirements:

You are in a traffic jam on a freeway or high-speed major road.
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated and active.
Active Brake Assist is available.
Active Steering Assist is activated and active.
Active Traffic Jam Assist is activated.
You are traveling no faster than 35 mph (60 km/h).

System limits
The system limitations of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist apply to Active Traffic Jam Assist. Activating/deactivating Active Traffic Jam Assist

The function of Active Steering Assist
Active Steering Assist is only available up to a speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). The system helps you to stay in the centre of the lane by means of moderate steering interventions. Depending on the speed driven, Active Steering Assist uses the vehicles ahead and lane markings as a reference.

Depending on the country, in the lower speed range, Active Steering Assist can use the surrounding traffic as a reference. If necessary, Active Steering Assist can then also provide assistance by driving outside the centre of the lane, for example, to form an emergency corridor.

If the detection of lane markings and vehicles ahead is impaired, Active Steering Assist switches to passive mode. The system provides no support in this case.

Status display of Active Steering Assist

Ø (grey): activated and passive
Ø (green): activated and active
Ø (red): system limits detected
R Ø (white, red hands): “Hands on the steering wheel” prompt

During the transition from active to passive status, the Ø symbol is shown as enlarged and flashing. When the passive state is reached, the Ø symbol is displayed in grey. Depending on the selected vehicle settings, Active Steering Assist may be unavailable.

Steering and touch detection
The driver is required to keep their hands on the steering wheel at all times and be able to intervene at any time to correct the course of the vehicle and keep it in the lane. The driver must expect a change from active to passive mode or vice versa at any time.

If the system detects that the driver has not steered the vehicle for a considerable period or has removed their hands from the steering wheel, display 1 appears. If the driver still does not steer the vehicle, a warning tone sounds in addition to the visual warning message. If the driver does not react to the warning for a considerable period, the system can initiate an emergency stop. The warning does not occur or stops as soon as the system detects that the driver is touching or steering the steering wheel.

Touch detection may be limited or inoperative in the following situations:

The driver is wearing gloves.
There is a steering wheel cover on the steering wheel.

If Active Steering Assist detects that a system limit has been reached, a visual warning is issued and a warning tone sounds.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

System limits
Active Steering Assist has a limited steering torque for lateral guidance. In some cases, the steering intervention is not sufficient to keep the vehicle in the lane or to drive through exits.

The system may be impaired or may not function in the following instances:

There is poor visibility, e.g. due to snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, greatly varying ambient light or strong shadows on the road.
There is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, direct sunlight or reflections.
Insufficient road illumination.
The windshield is dirty, fogged up, damaged or covered in the vicinity of the camera, e.g. by a sticker.
No, or several, unclear lane markings are present for one lane, or the markings change quickly, for example, in a construction area or intersections.
The lane markings are worn away, dark or covered up, e.g. by dirt or snow.
If the distance to the vehicle in front is too short and thus the lane markings cannot be detected.
The road is narrow and winding.
There are obstacles on the lane or projecting out into the lane, such as object markers.

The system does not assist in the following conditions:

On tight bends and when turning.
When crossing intersections.
At traffic circles or toll stations.
When the tire pressure is too low.

WARNING
Risk of an accident if Active Steering Assist unexpectedly stops functioning If the system limits of Active Steering Assist are reached there is no guarantee that the system will remain active or will keep the vehicle in lane.

Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and observe the traffic carefully.
Always steer the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions.

WARNING
Risk of an accident if Active Steering Assist unexpectedly intervenes The detection of lane markings and objects may malfunction and cause unexpected steering interventions. Steer according to traffic conditions.

Activating/deactivating Active Steering Assist
R ESP® is activated but is not intervening.

R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated.

The function of Active Emergency Stop Assist

If the system detects that the driver has not steered the vehicle for a considerable period or has removed their hands from the steering wheel, display 1 appears on the instrument display. If the driver still does not actively steer the vehicle or provides no confirmation to the system, a warning tone sounds repeatedly in addition to the visual warning message. If the driver still does not respond to the warning, the Beginning Emergency Stop message appears on the instrument display. If the driver still does not respond, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC reduces the vehicle’s speed. The vehicle is slowed down to a standstill in stages.

Depending on the country, at speeds below
40 mph (60 km/h) the hazard warning light system switches on automatically.

When the vehicle is stationary, the following actions are carried out:

The vehicle is secured with the electric parking brake.
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is ended.
The vehicle is unlocked.
If possible, an emergency call is placed to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center.

The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time by performing one of the following actions:

Steering
Braking or accelerating
Deactivating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

FAQ

What is the top speed of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The top speed varies by model, but it’s often electronically limited to around 130 mph (209 km/h) in standard models.

How quickly can the 2023 E-Class accelerate from 0 to 60 mph?

Acceleration times vary, but some models can achieve 0 to 60 mph in under 6 seconds.

Does the E-Class have a speed limiter?

Yes, most E-Class models have an electronic speed limiter to ensure safety and compliance with regulations.

Can the speed limiter be adjusted in the E-Class?

The speed limiter is preset by the manufacturer, but certain models with performance packages may have higher limits.

Is there a sports mode that changes the vehicle’s speed dynamics?

Yes, Sport and Sport+ modes adjust the throttle response, transmission shift points, and sometimes suspension settings for a more dynamic driving experience.

How does the E-Class Sedan handle high-speed driving?

The E-Class is designed for stability and control at high speeds, with a well-balanced chassis and advanced suspension systems.

Are there any safety features in the E-Class that specifically address high-speed driving?

Yes, features like adaptive cruise control, active lane-keeping assist, and enhanced braking systems are designed to enhance safety at higher speeds.

How does the aerodynamic design of the E-Class affect its speed and stability?

The aerodynamic design reduces drag, improves fuel efficiency, and enhances stability at higher speeds.

Does the E-Class have a dynamic select feature to change speed settings?

Yes, the dynamic select feature allows drivers to choose between different driving modes, affecting speed and handling characteristics.

How does the transmission in the E-Class contribute to its active speed?

The E-Class typically features a 9-speed automatic transmission that provides smooth, quick shifts, contributing to both rapid acceleration and efficient high-speed cruising.

Is the speedometer digital or analogue in the 2023 E-Class?

The E-Class often comes with a digital instrument cluster that can display a digital speedometer, along with traditional analogue dials.

Are there any speed-related driver assistance technologies in the E-Class?

Yes, technologies like speed limit assist and traffic sign recognition help drivers maintain appropriate speeds.

How does the weight of the E-Class affect its speed performance?

While the E-Class is a relatively heavy vehicle, its powertrains are designed to deliver ample performance, ensuring that weight does not significantly hinder its speed capabilities.

Can the E-Class’s active speed be monitored or controlled remotely?

Certain connected car features may allow for remote monitoring, but direct remote control of the vehicle’s speed is not typically available.

What impact does the E-Class’s engine size have on its speed?

Larger engines, like those in AMG models, offer greater power and torque, leading to faster acceleration and higher top speeds.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Active Parking Assist Guideline

Mercedes-Benz E-CLAS SEDAN 2023 Active Parking Assist

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxurious and sophisticated vehicle that offers a range of advanced features to enhance the driving experience. One of its notable features is the Active Parking Assist, designed to assist drivers in parking their vehicles with ease and precision. Active Parking Assist is a sophisticated system that utilizes sensors and cameras to detect available parking spaces and provide guidance during the parking process. Whether it’s parallel parking or perpendicular parking, this feature can help navigate the vehicle into tight spots with confidence. When activated, Active Parking Assist scans the surroundings, identifying suitable parking spaces. It then provides visual and audible cues to guide the driver through the parking manoeuvre. By taking control of the steering, the system helps achieve precise positioning within the parking spot. While Active Parking Assist assists with steering, the driver retains control over acceleration, braking, and monitoring the surroundings. This allows for a collaborative parking experience, combining the advanced capabilities of the system with the driver’s expertise and judgment.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

The system is designed to handle various parking scenarios, including both parallel and perpendicular parking. It can accommodate different parking space sizes, though extremely tight or irregularly shaped spaces may pose limitations. Active Parking Assist is equipped with sensors and cameras that can detect obstacles and pedestrians, providing warnings and intervention if necessary to avoid collisions. However, the driver needs to remain vigilant and ready to take control of the vehicle if required. It’s worth noting that the availability of Active Parking Assist may depend on the specific trim level and optional packages chosen for the E-Class Sedan 2023. Therefore, it is recommended to consult with a Mercedes-Benz dealership or review the vehicle’s specifications to confirm the inclusion of this feature. By incorporating Active Parking Assist into the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023, Mercedes-Benz aims to provide drivers with a convenient and stress-free parking experience, allowing them to manoeuvre into parking spaces effortlessly and confidently.

Parking with Active Parking Assist

Press button 1.

Parking spaces detected by the system are shown in the media display. When the vehicle is stationary, indicated vehicle path 2 into currently selected parking space 3 also appears.

If a parking space is displayed: stop the vehicle.
If necessary, select another parking space.
Vehicles with 360° Camera: if necessary, change the parking direction.
To start the parking procedure: confirm the selected parking space 3.

The turn signal indicator is switched on automatically when the parking procedure begins. You are responsible for selecting the turn signal indicator by the traffic conditions. If necessary, select the turn signal indicator accordingly.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to vehicle swinging out while parking or pulling out of a parking space While parking or exiting a parking space, the vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of the oncoming lane.

This could cause you to collide with objects or other road users.

Pay attention to objects and other road users.
Where necessary, stop the vehicle or cancel the parking procedure with Active Parking Assist.
If, for example, the Please Engage Reverse Gear message appears in the media display: select the corresponding transmission position.
The vehicle drives into the selected parking space.

During the parking procedure with Active Parking Assist, the lane markings are displayed in green in the camera image. On completion of the parking procedure, the Parking Assist Finished, Take Control of Vehicle message appears.

Further manoeuvring may still be necessary.

Secure the vehicle against rolling away. When required by legal requirements or local conditions: turn the wheels towards the curb.

You can stop the vehicle and change the transmission position during the parking procedure. The system then calculates a new vehicle path. If no new vehicle path is available, the transmission position can be changed again, or the process can be cancelled. transmission position during the parking procedure.

Exiting a parking space with Active Parking Assist
Requirements

The vehicle is equipped with a 360° camera.
The vehicle has been parked with Active Parking Assist.

Please note that you are responsible for the vehicle and surroundings during the entire parking procedure.

Start the vehicle.
Press button 1.
The media display shows the view of Active Parking Assist.

Select Exit Space 2.
or
If the vehicle has been parked perpendicular to the direction of travel: select the direction of travel 3.
If, for example, the Please Engage Forward Gear message appears on the media display: select the corresponding transmission position.
The vehicle moves out of the parking space and is brought to a standstill by Active Parking Assist (at an angle to the direction of travel).
The Ø Parking Assist Finished, Take Control of Vehicle message appears.
Take control of the vehicle and complete the parking process.
The vehicle path shown on the media display may differ from the actual vehicle path. The turn signal indicator is switched on automatically when the exiting procedure begins.

You are responsible for selecting the turn signal indicator by the traffic conditions. If necessary, select the turn signal indicator accordingly.

Pausing Active Parking Assist
You can interrupt the parking or exiting procedure of Active Parking Assist by performing one of the following actions, for example:

Depress the brake pedal.
Open the front passenger door, the rear door, the trunk or the hood.
Apply the electric parking brake or activate the HOLD function.
To resume the parking or exiting procedure:
gently depress the accelerator pedal.
If the electric parking brake was applied before Active Parking Assist was activated, depress the accelerator pedal lightly to start the parking or exiting procedure.

Check the area around your vehicle again before resuming a paused parking procedure. Make sure that persons, animals or objects are no longer in the manoeuvring range. Also, observe the system limitations of Active Parking Assist.

The automatic braking function of Active Parking Assist
Persons or objects detected in the manoeuvring range could cause the vehicle to brake sharply and interrupt the parking or exiting procedure. The vehicle will then be held at a standstill. If you depress the accelerator pedal, the parking or exiting procedure is resumed. Check the area around your vehicle again before resuming the parking or exiting procedure. Make sure that persons, animals or objects are no longer in the manoeuvring range. Also, observe the system limitations of Active Parking Assist.

Maneuvering assistance
Drive Away Assist can reduce the severity of an impact when pulling away. If an obstacle is detected in the direction of travel, the vehicle’s speed is briefly reduced to approx. 1 mph (2 km/h). If a critical situation is detected, the É symbol appears on the media display. Drive Away Assist can be deactivated or activated in the Maneuvering Assistance menu. You can cancel an intervention by Drive Away Assist at any time by deactivating Parking Assist PARKTRONIC.

WARNING
Risk of an accident caused by limited detection performance of Drive Away Assist Drive Away Assist cannot always clearly identify objects and traffic situations.

Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation; do not rely on Drive Away Assist alone.
Be prepared to brake or swerve as necessary, provided the traffic situation permits and that it is safe to take evasive action.

Drive Away Assist is only an aid. It is not a substitute for your attention to the surroundings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking remains with you. Make sure that no persons, animals or objects etc. are in the maneuvering range. There may be a risk of collision in the following situations, for example:

If the accelerator and brake pedals are mixed up.
If an incorrect transmission position is engaged.

Drive Away Assist is active under the following conditions:

If Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is activated.
If you shift the transmission position to k or h when the vehicle is stationary.
If the detected obstacle is less than approx.3.3 ft (1.0 m) away.
If the manoeuvring assistance function is activated in the multimedia system.

System limits
The performance of Drive Away Assist is limited on inclines. Also, observe the system limits of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC.

The function of Cross Traffic Alert
Cross Traffic Alert is only available for vehicles with Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist. Cross Traffic Alert can warn drivers of any cross-ing traffic when backing up and maneuvering out of a parking space. The radar sensors in the bumper also monitor the area adjacent to the vehicle. If a critical situation is detected, the L symbol appears on the media display and the vehicle can be braked automatically. If the radar sensors are obstructed by vehicles or other objects, detection is not possible.

% Also observe the instructions on Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist.

System limits
Cross Traffic Alert is not available on inclines.

Maneuvering brake function

The manoeuvring brake function can prevent collisions with pedestrians when the vehicle is backing up at slow speeds. If the rear view camera detects a person in the vehicle’s path, the vehicle can be braked to a standstill.

The manoeuvring brake function can intervene under the following conditions:

The vehicle is backing up at a speed slower than 6 mph (10 km/h).
The camera image is shown in the media display.

You can activate and deactivate the manoeuvring brake function in the Maneuvering Assistance menu. Cross Traffic Alert is not available on inclines.

Maneuvering brake function
The manoeuvring brake function can prevent collisions with pedestrians when the vehicle is backing up at slow speeds. If the rearview camera detects a person in the vehicle’s path, the vehicle can be braked to a standstill.

The manoeuvring brake function can intervene under the following conditions:

The vehicle is backing up at a speed slower than 6 mph (10 km/h).
The camera image is shown in the media display.

You can activate and deactivate the manoeuvring brake function in the Maneuvering Assistance menu.
If the manoeuvring brake function is triggered, the following symbol appears in red in the selected view in the Camera & Parking menu:
If the manoeuvring brake function is not available, the same symbol appears in grey. The manoeuvring brake function is only an aid. It is not a substitute for your attention to the surroundings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking remains with you. Make sure that no persons, animals objects, etc. are in the maneuvering range.

WARNING
Risk of an accident caused by limited detection by the manoeuvring brake function cannot always clearly detect people. Other obstacles are not detected by the function. In these cases, the function may brake unnecessarily or not brake at all.

Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation; do not rely on the manoeuvring brake function alone.
Be ready to brake.

System limits
Observe the system limits of the following functions:

Active Parking Assist
360° Camera
Rearview camera

The manoeuvring brake function is not available in the following situations:

on inclines

Switch Maneuvering Assistance on or off.

Vehicle towing instructions
The vehicle is not suitable for the use of tow bar systems that are used for flat towing or dinghy towing, for example. Attaching and using tow bar systems can result in damage to the vehicle. When you are towing a vehicle with tow bar systems, safe driving characteristics cannot be guaranteed for the towing vehicle or the towed vehicle. The vehicle-trailer combination may swerve from side to side.

Observe the following information:

Permitted towing methods.
The notes on towing the vehicle with both axles on the ground.

FAQ

What is Active Parking Assist in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
Active Parking Assist is an advanced feature in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 that assists the driver in parking the vehicle. It uses sensors and cameras to detect parking spaces and guides parking manoeuvres.

How does Active Parking Assist work?
When activated, Active Parking Assist scans the surroundings using sensors and cameras. It identifies suitable parking spaces and takes control of the steering to guide the vehicle into the spot. The driver remains responsible for acceleration, braking, and monitoring the surroundings.

Can Active Parking Assist handle parallel parking and perpendicular parking?
Yes, Active Parking Assist is designed to handle both parallel and perpendicular parking. It can detect and assist in parking the vehicle in spaces of various orientations.

Does Active Parking Assist work in tight parking spaces?
Yes, Active Parking Assist is engineered to work in tight parking spaces. It uses precise steering control to manoeuvre the vehicle into tight spots that may be challenging to access manually.

Can the driver override Active Parking Assist?
Yes, the driver can override Active Parking Assist at any time. They can take control of the steering, acceleration, and braking if they choose to do so.

Does Active Parking Assist provide visual and audible cues?
Yes, Active Parking Assist provides visual cues on the instrument cluster or infotainment screen to guide the driver during the parking process. It may also provide audible alerts to assist with manoeuvring.

Can Active Parking Assist detect obstacles and pedestrians?
Yes, Active Parking Assist utilizes sensors and cameras to detect obstacles and pedestrians during the parking manoeuvre. It provides warnings and may intervene if necessary to avoid collisions.

Is Active Parking Assist standard in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The availability of Active Parking Assist may depend on the specific trim level and optional packages chosen for the E-Class Sedan 2023. It is advisable to consult with a Mercedes-Benz dealership or check the vehicle’s specifications to determine if it is included.

Can Active Parking Assist be used in all parking situations?
Active Parking Assist is designed to assist in various parking situations, including parallel and perpendicular parking. However, certain parking scenarios or locations may not be suitable or recommended for its use.

Does Active Parking Assist work in all weather conditions?
Active Parking Assist is designed to work in various weather conditions. However, extreme weather conditions such as heavy rain, snow, or fog may affect its performance. It is always important to exercise caution and use personal judgment when using the feature in challenging weather conditions.

Can Active Parking Assist be retrofitted to older Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan models?
Retrofitting Active Parking Assist to older models may not be possible or supported by Mercedes-Benz. This feature is typically integrated into the vehicle’s design and functionality during manufacturing and may not be easily added to older models.

Is training or special instruction required to use Active Parking Assist?
While Active Parking Assist is designed to be user-friendly, reading the vehicle’s manual and familiarizing oneself with the feature’s operation is recommended to ensure proper usage. Hands-on experience and practice can also enhance the driver’s comfort and confidence when using Active Parking Assist.

Can Active Parking Assist park the vehicle automatically without any input from the driver?
No, Active Parking Assist does not park the vehicle automatically without any input from the driver. The driver needs to engage the feature and control the acceleration and braking while the system assists with the steering.

Can Active Parking Assist be used in any parking spot size?
Active Parking Assist is designed to work with a variety of parking spot sizes, including both smaller and larger spaces. However, extremely tight or irregularly shaped parking spots may pose limitations to the system’s effectiveness. It is always recommended to use personal judgment and assess the suitability of the parking space before relying solely on the assistance of Active Parking Assist.

Does Active Parking Assist require any additional sensors or equipment to function properly?
Active Parking Assist relies on the built-in sensors and cameras of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 to detect parking spaces and assist with parking manoeuvres. No additional sensors or equipment are typically required for the system to function properly. However, it’s important to ensure that the vehicle’s sensors and cameras are clean and free from obstructions for optimal performance.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Speed Control Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Speed Control Cruise Control

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan comes with advanced speed control features aimed at enhancing both comfort and safety during driving. The vehicle is equipped with the latest version of the Mercedes-Benz Intelligent Drive system that includes Active Distance Assist Distronic. This feature provides adaptive cruise control with stop-and-go capability, utilizing radar and camera technology to maintain a safe distance from the car in front, automatically adjusting the vehicle’s speed to maintain a safe following distance. Moreover, it can bring the car to a complete stop in traffic and resume driving when traffic starts moving again. Additionally, the E-Class Sedan has Speed Limit Assist, a feature that uses a camera to detect and read speed limit signs, displaying the current speed limit on the dashboard. This feature is particularly helpful in unfamiliar areas, helping the driver avoid speeding tickets and stay within the speed limit. Overall, the speed control features of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 aim to create a better driving experience, as well as promote safe driving habits. With its advanced technology and user-friendly controls, the E-Class Sedan is an ideal choice for drivers who prioritize comfort, safety, and convenience.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Speed Control Cruise Control

The function of Cruise Control
Cruise control regulates the speed to the value selected by the driver. If you accelerate to overtake, for example, the stored speed is not deleted. If you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal after overtaking, cruise control will resume speed regulation back to the stored speed. You can store any speed above 15 mph (20 km/h) up to the maximum design speed. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers

Mercedes AMG vehicles: cruise control is available up to a maximum speed of 155 mph (250 km/h).

Displays in the Instrument Display

h (grey): cruise control is selected but not yet activated.
h (green): cruise control is active.

A stored speed appears along with the h display. The segments between the stored speed and the end of the segment display light up in the speedometer.

System limits
Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients. The stored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out.
Change into a lower gear in good time on long and steep downhill gradients. Take particular note of this when driving a laden vehicle. By doing so, you will make use of the braking effect of the engine. This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly. Do not use cruise control in the following situations:

in traffic situations that require frequent changes of speed, e.g. in heavy traffic, on winding roads
or on slippery roads. Accelerating can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid.
when visibility is poor Operating cruise control

WARNING
Risk of accident due to stored If you call up the stored speed and this is lower than your current speed, the vehicle decelerates.

Take into account the traffic situation before calling up the stored speed.

Requirements

Cruise control is selected.
ESP® must be activated, but not intervening.
The vehicle speed is at least 15 mph (20 km/h).
The transmission is in position h.

Steering wheel control panel for cruise control J Adopts the stored/detected speed
Deactivates cruise control
Activates cruise control
Deactivates cruise control
Control panel to increase/decrease speed

Activating cruise control

Press M.
Steering wheel control panel for cruise control
Adopts the stored/detected speed
Deactivates cruise control
Activates cruise control
Deactivates cruise control
Control panel to increase/decrease speed

Increasing/decreasing the stored speed

To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards from the bottom of the control panel 1.
The stored speed is increased by 1 mph (1 km/h).
To decrease the stored speed: swipe downwards from the top of the control panel 1.
The stored speed is decreased by 1 mph (1 km/h).
Briefly press M or N on the control panel 1.
The stored speed is increased or decreased to the following values depending on the unit:
mph: the next value ending in 5
km/h: the next value ending in 0
Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
Press M on control panel 1.

Adopting a detected speed

If cruise control is activated and Traffic Sign Assist has detected a speed restriction sign with a maximum permissible speed this is displayed in the instrument cluster Press J.
The maximum permissible speed shown by the traffic sign is stored and the vehicle maintains this speed.

Deactivating cruise control

Press ±.

Deactivating cruise control

Press N.
If you brake, deactivate ESP® or if ESP® intervenes, cruise control is deactivated.

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
The function of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC maintains the set speed when driving freely. If vehicles are detected ahead, the set distance is maintained, if necessary until the vehicle comes to a standstill. The vehicle accelerates or brakes depending on the distance to the vehicle in front and the set speed. The speed and distance to the vehicle in front are set and saved using the steering wheel.

Available speed range:

Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package: 15 mph (20 km/h) – 120 mph (200 km/h)
Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: 15 mph (20 km/h) – 130 mph (210 km/h)

Other features of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC:

Adjusts the driving style depending on the selected drive program (fuel-saving, comfortable or dynamic)R Initiates acceleration to the stored speed if the turn signal indicator is switched on to change to the overtaking lane

Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:

Reacts to stationary vehicles detected in urban speed ranges (except bicycles and motorcycles)
Takes one-sided overtaking restrictions into account on highways or on multi-lane roads with separate carriageways (country dependent)

Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package and Parking Package:

if the vehicle has been braked to a standstill on multilane roads with separate carriageways by Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, it can automatically follow the vehicle in front when driving off again within 30 seconds. If a critical situation is detected when driving off, a visual and acoustic warning is given indicating that the driver must now take control of the vehicle. The vehicle is not accelerated any further. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC displays on the instrument display

Assistant display

Route-based speed adaptation: type of route event (/)
Vehicle in front
Distance indicator
Set specified distance
Active Lane Change Assist lane change display.
Permanent status display of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC.
k (white): Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC selected, specified distance set.
k (white vehicle, green speedometer): Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC active, specified distance set, and no vehicle detected.
k (green): Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC active, specified distance set, and vehicle detected
Route-based speed adaptation is active.
The stored speed is shown along with the permanent status display and highlighted on the speed meter.
When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is passive, the speed is greyed out.
On highways or high-speed major roads, the green ç vehicle symbol is displayed cyclically when the vehicle is ready to pull away.
If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond the setting of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the system is switched to passive mode. The Suspended message will appear on the instrument display.

Display on the speedometer
The stored speed is highlighted on the speedometer. If the speed of the vehicle in front of the speed adjustment for the route event ahead is less than the stored speed, the segments in the speedometer light up. The instrument display shows the deactivation of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, as well as alterations to the speed due to manual or automatic adoption of the maximum permissible speed.

System limits
The system may be impaired or may not function in the following situations, for example:

In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, direct sunlight or greatly varying ambient light, or if there is glare.
The windshield in the area of the camera is dirty, fogged up, damaged or covered.
If the radar sensors are dirty or covered.
In parking garages or on roads with steep uphill or downhill gradients.
If there are narrow vehicles in front, such as bicycles or motorcycles.
In addition, on slippery roads, braking or accelerating can cause one or several wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid.
Do not use Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC in these situations.

WARNING
Risk of accident from acceleration or braking by Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accelerate or brake in the following cases, for example:

If the vehicle pulls away use Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC.
If the stored speed is called up and is considerably faster or slower than the currently driven speed.
If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC no longer detects a vehicle in front or does not react to relevant objects.
Always carefully observe the traffic conditions and be ready to brake at all times.
Take into account the traffic situation. before calling up the stored speed.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to insufficient deceleration by Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes your vehicle with up to 50% of the possible deceleration. If this deceleration is not sufficient, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC alerts you with a visual and acoustic warning.

Adjust your speed and maintain a suitable distance from the vehicle in front.
Brake the vehicle yourself and/or take evasive action.

WARNING
Risk of an accident if the detection function of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is impaired Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC does not react or has a limited reaction:

When driving on a different lane or when changing lanes
to pedestrians, animals, bicycles or stationary vehicles, or unexpected obstacles
to complex traffic conditions
to oncoming vehicles and crossing traffic As a result, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC may neither give warnings nor intervene in such situations.
Always observe the traffic conditions and react accordingly.

Operating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Requirements

The electric parking brake is released.
ESP® is activated and is not intervening.
The transmission is in position h.
All the doors are closed.
A check of the radar sensor system has been completed.

Adopts the stored/detected speed
Deactivates Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC
Increases/decreases the speed

Increases/decreases the specified distance
Activates/deactivates Active Distance

Assist DISTRONIC

To operate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC: press the respective button with only one finger or swipe on the control panel.
Activating/deactivating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Press H.

Activating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

To activate without a stored speed: on the control panel 1 press
on the upper section or
on the lower section or
Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.
To activate with a stored speed: press J.
Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.
The last stored speed is called up and maintained by the vehicle.
If the stored speed has been deleted, the current vehicle speed is stored.

Increasing or reducing the speed

To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards from the bottom of the control panel 1.
The stored speed is increased by 1 mph (1 km/h).
To reduce the stored speed: swipe downwards from the top of the control panel 1.
The stored speed is reduced by 1 mph (1 km/h).
Briefly press M on the upper section or
on the lower section of control panel1.
The stored speed is increased or reduced by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
Press M on the upper section of control panel 1.

Adopting the limit speed shown on the instrument cluster

To activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC:
press M, N or J.
To accept the displayed speed limit: press
The limit speed displayed on the instrument cluster is adopted as the stored speed. The vehicle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front, but only up to the stored speed.
A speed limit shown on the driver’s display is only adopted while driving, not when stationary. Pulling away with Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC

Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and remove your foot from the brake pedal.
Press J.
Depress the accelerator pedal briefly and firmly.
The functions of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC continue to be carried out.

Reducing or increasing the specified distance from the vehicle in front

Press K.
The h display appears. The specified distance is reduced by one level.
If the lowest level is already selected, the selection jumps to the highest level.

Deactivating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Risk of an accident due to Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC being active when you leave the driver’s seat If you leave the driver’s seat while the vehicle is being braked by Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC only, the vehicle can roll away.

Always deactivate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away before you leave the driver’s seat.
Press.
If you brake, deactivate ESP® or if ESP® intervenes, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactivated.

FAQ

What is the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxury midsize car that is designed to provide a comfortable and safe driving experience.

What speed control features does the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 have?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 is equipped with the latest version of the Mercedes-Benz Intelligent Drive system, which includes Active Distance Assist Distronic and Speed Limit Assist.

What is Active Distance Assist Distronic?
Active Distance Assist Distronic is a feature that enables adaptive cruise control with stop-and-go capability. It uses radar and camera technology to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front, and can automatically adjust the car’s speed to maintain a safe following distance.

What is the benefit of Active Distance Assist Distronic?
The benefit of Active Distance Assist Distronic is that it enhances driving comfort and safety by reducing the stress of long journeys, especially in heavy traffic.

How does the Speed Limit Assist feature work?
The Speed Limit Assist feature uses a camera to detect and read speed limit signs and displays the current speed limit on the vehicle’s dashboard. It is especially useful when driving in unfamiliar areas to avoid speeding tickets.

What is the benefit of Speed Limit Assist?
The benefit of Speed Limit Assist is that it helps drivers stay within the speed limit and avoid costly speeding tickets.

Does the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 have the ability to bring the car to a complete stop in traffic?
Yes, Active Distance Assist Distronic can bring the car to a complete stop in traffic and resume driving when traffic starts moving again.

Is the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 easy to control at high speeds?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 is designed to provide excellent high-speed stability and is easy to control at high speeds.

Does the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 have other safety features?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 comes with a wide range of other safety features, including active brake assist, blind spot assist, and lane-keeping assist.

Is the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 a good choice for long-distance driving?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 is a great choice for long-distance driving thanks to its comfortable and spacious interior, advanced technology features, and excellent driving dynamics.

Can the driver override the speed control features?
Yes, the driver can override the speed control features at any time.

How does the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 enhance the driving experience?
The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 enhances the driving experience by providing a comfortable, quiet, and refined ride, advanced technology features, and intuitive controls.

Does the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 offer good fuel economy?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 is available with a range of efficient engines that offer good fuel economy.

How does the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 compare to other luxury midsize cars?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 is highly competitive in its class, offering a great combination of luxury, comfort, and advanced technology features.

What is the price range of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The price range of the E-Class Sedan 2023 varies depending on the model and features, but it generally starts at around $55,000 and can go up to over $100,000 for the highest trim levels.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Automatic Transmission Guidelines

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Automatic Transmission

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan has a state-of-the-art automatic transmission system that shows how committed the brand is to luxury, performance, and technological progress. The cutting-edge tech and many new features in this transmission make it possible to combine accuracy and efficiency seamlessly. Its adaptive intelligence makes sure that driving is smooth and responsive, handling gear changes so that power delivery and gas mileage are both optimized. If you’re driving on the highway or in city traffic, the 2023 E-Class Sedan’s automatic transmission works with all of the car’s high-tech features to give you the smoothest and most powerful ride possible. This is the pinnacle of Mercedes-Benz’s engineering ability.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Automatic Transmission

DIRECT SELECT lever

The function of the DIRECT SELECT lever

WARNING
Risk of accident due to incorrect gear shifting. If the engine speed is higher than the idle speed and you engage the transmission position h or k, the vehicle may accelerate sharply.

If you engage the transmission position h or k when the vehicle is at a standstill, always depress the brake pedal firmly and do not accelerate at the same time.

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle.

If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, they could, in particular:

Open doors, thereby endangering other persons or road users.
Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic. R operate vehicle equipment and become trapped, for example.

In addition, the children could also set the vehicle in motion by, for example:

Releasing the parking brake.
Changing the gearbox position.
Starting the vehicle.
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle.
When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle.
Keep the key out of reach of children.

Use the DIRECT SELECT lever to switch the trans-mission position. The current transmission position will be shown on the instrument display.

Park position
Reverse gear
Neutral
Drive position

Engaging reverse gear R

Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever upwards past the first point of resistance.

Engaging neutral N

Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance.

To shift into neutral I with the vehicle switched on, push the selector lever up or down for several seconds to the first point of resistance.
Subsequently releasing the brake pedal will allow you to move the vehicle freely, e.g. to push it or tow it away. Proceed as follows if you want the automatic transmission to remain in neutral even if the vehicle is switched off or the driver’s door is opened:

Depress the brake pedal and engage the neutral
When the car is stationary.
Release the brake pedal.
Switch off the vehicle.

If you then exit the vehicle leaving the key in the vehicle, the automatic transmission remains in neutral i.

Engaging park position P
Damage due to engaging park position j while the vehicle is rolling If you shift the transmission into park position j while the vehicle is rolling, the transmission may be damaged.

If the vehicle is rolling, do not open a door.
Only engage park position j when the vehicle is stationary.
Observe the notes on parking the vehicle
Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a standstill.
When the vehicle is stationary, press button j.
When the transmission position display shows j, the park position is engaged. If the transmission position display j does not appear, apply the parking brake and secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.

Depending on the situation, it may take a short time until j is engaged. Therefore, always pay attention to the transmission position display.

Park position j will be engaged automatically if one of the following conditions is met:

You switch the stationary vehicle off in transmission position h or k.
You open the driver’s door when the vehicle is stationary in transmission position h or k.
When the vehicle is rolling, you switch if off in transmission position h or k and bring it to a standstill.
When the vehicle is rolling, you shift to transmission position i, bring the vehicle to a standstill and open the driver’s door when the vehicle is stationary.
Engaging park position j automatically is required by the vehicle.

To manoeuvre with an open driver’s door, open the driver’s door while the vehicle is stationary and engage the transmission position h or k again.

Engaging drive position D

Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance.

When the automatic transmission is in transmission position h, it will shift gears automatically. This depends, among other things, on the following factors:

The selected drive program
The position of the accelerator pedal
The driving speed

Manual gear shifting
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

Mercedes Benz e-class gear shift

When the automatic transmission is shifted to position h, you can manually shift it with the steering wheel paddle shifter. If permitted, the automatic transmission will shift to a higher or lower gear depending on the steering wheel paddle shifter being pulled.

You have two options for manually shifting the automatic transmission:

Temporary setting
Permanent setting

The gears will shift automatically when manual shifting is deactivated.

Temporary setting:

To activate: pull the steering wheel paddle shifter 1 or 2.

Manual shifting will be activated for a short time. The transmission position display will show p and the current gear. How long manual shifting stays activated depends on various factors.

Manual shifting can be deactivated automatically in the following cases:

When the drive program is changed
When the vehicle is restarted
When transmission position h is engaged again
Driving style
To shift up: pull the steering wheel paddle shifter 2.
To shift down: pull the steering wheel paddle shifter 1.
To deactivate: pull and hold the steering wheel paddle shifter 2.
The transmission position display will show h.

Permanent setting:

Change to drive program
Select drive setting p

Gearshift Recommendation
The gearshift recommendation assists you in adopting an economical driving style.

If gearshift recommendation 1 appears next to the transmission position display, shift to the recommended gear.

Using knockdown

Maximum acceleration: depress the accelerator pedal beyond the point of resistance.
To protect against engine overrev, the automatic transmission will shift up to the next gear when maximum engine speed has been reached.

Glide mode function

NOTE
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

With an anticipatory driving style, Glide mode helps you to reduce fuel consumption.
Glide mode is characterized by the following:

The combustion engine is disconnected from the drivetrain and continues to run in neutral.
The transmission position display h is shown in green.
Vehicles with 48 V on-board electrical system:
The combustion engine can be switched off. All of the vehicle functions remain active.

Glide mode is activated if the following conditions are met:

Drive program; is selected.
The speed is within a suitable range.
The road’s course is suitable, e.g. no steep uphill or downhill inclines or tight bends.
You do not depress the accelerator or brake pedal (except for light brake applications).
Glide mode can also be activated if you have selected the “Eco” setting for the drive in the drive program .

Glide mode will be deactivated again if one of the conditions is no longer met.

Glide mode can also be prevented by the following parameters:

Incline
Downhill gradient
Temperature
Height
Speed
Operating status of the engine
Traffic situation

Function of 4MATIC
4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are driven. Together with ESP® and 4ETS, 4MATIC improves the traction of your vehicle whenever a driven wheel spins due to insufficient traction.If you fail to adapt your driving style, 4MATIC can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics. 4MATIC cannot take account of road, weather and traffic conditions. 4MATIC is only an aid. You are responsible especially for maintaining a safe distance from the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, for braking in good time and for staying in lane.

In wintry road conditions, the maximum effect of 4MATIC can be achieved only if you use winter tires (M+S tires), with snow chains if necessary.

FAQ

What type of automatic transmission is used in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is equipped with a 9G-TRONIC 9-speed automatic transmission.

How does the 9G-TRONIC automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 work?

The 9G-TRONIC automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 uses a torque converter to transmit power from the engine to the wheels. It features nine forward gears and is designed to deliver smooth and efficient gear shifts.

Can I manually shift gears in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 with the automatic transmission?

Yes, the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 with the 9G-TRONIC automatic transmission typically offers manual shifting capabilities. You can use paddle shifters or the gear selector to manually select gears for a more engaging driving experience.

Does the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 offer different driving modes?

Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023’s automatic transmission may offer different driving modes, such as Comfort, Sport, or Eco modes. These modes adjust the transmission’s shift points and responsiveness to suit different driving preferences and optimize fuel efficiency.

Can the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 adapt to my driving style?

Yes, the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is designed to adapt to your driving style. It uses sensors and computer algorithms to monitor your driving inputs and adjust shift points and shift patterns accordingly.

Does the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 require regular maintenance?

The automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 typically requires regular maintenance as outlined in the vehicle’s maintenance schedule. This may include fluid changes and inspections to ensure proper operation.

Is the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 equipped with any safety features?

Yes, the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 may be equipped with safety features such as a Park Assist function, which helps prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines when in Park. It may also have built-in safeguards to protect the transmission from damage.

Can the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 adapt to different road conditions?

The automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 can adapt to different road conditions to some extent. It may use data from various sensors to adjust shift patterns and responsiveness based on factors such as road surface conditions and driving dynamics.

Is the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 compatible with start-stop technology?

Yes, the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is typically compatible with start-stop technology. Start-stop technology shuts off the engine when the vehicle is stationary to save fuel, and the transmission seamlessly engages when the driver releases the brake pedal.

Can I tow with the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023?

The E-Class Sedan 2023’s automatic transmission may have a towing capacity. However, the specific towing capacity and requirements may vary depending on the model and optional towing package. Consult the vehicle’s manual or contact a Mercedes-Benz dealership for precise towing specifications.

Can the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 improve fuel efficiency?

Yes, the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is designed to improve fuel efficiency. The 9G-TRONIC transmission provides more gear

Does the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 offer a manual mode for enhanced control?

Yes, the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 typically offers a manual mode, allowing the driver to manually select and shift gears for enhanced control and a more engaging driving experience.

Can I customize the shift settings in the automatic transmission of the E-Class Sedan 2023?

The E-Class Sedan 2023 may offer customizable shift settings through its driving mode selection. Depending on the specific model and trim level, you may have the option to adjust shift responsiveness, throttle sensitivity, and other parameters to suit your preferences.

Does the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 feature a sport mode?

Yes, the automatic transmission in the E-Class Sedan 2023 typically offers a sport mode. Engaging sport mode enhances the transmission’s responsiveness, allowing for quicker gear shifts and a more dynamic driving experience.

Can I switch between automatic and manual mode seamlessly in the E-Class Sedan 2023?

Yes, switching between automatic and manual modes in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is typically seamless. You can shift into manual mode using the paddle shifters or gear selector, and if desired, the transmission will revert back to automatic mode when you’re finished manually shifting gears.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)